-
1 διαλέγω
A pick out, Hdt.8.107, 113, X.Oec.8.9, etc.; πτῶμα glean fallen olives, PFay.102.20; cf. διαλέγειν· ἀνακαθαίρειν, Hsch.; select, separate, Pl.Lg. 735b; examine, check documents, PFay.11.26 (ii B.C.), etc.II διαλέγων τὴν ὀπήν picking open the hole, to escape, Ar.Lys. 720; cf. διαλέξαι· διορύξαι, Hsch.B as Dep., διαλέγομαι: [tense] fut.διαλέξομαι Isoc.12.5
and 112; also- λεχθήσομαι Id.9.34
, D.18.252;- λεγήσομαι Inscr.Perg.5
(iii B.C.): [tense] aor.διελεξάμην Hom.
, Ar.Fr. 343; [dialect] Aeol. imper.ζάλεξαι Sapph.Supp. 16.3
; alsoδιελέχθην Hdt.3.51
, and always in [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.657, etc.: less freq. [tense] aor. 2 , 159a5, Scymn.7, IG5(1).5.5 ([dialect] Lacon.), GDI 5163a2 ([place name] Crete), PPetr.3p.130 (iii B.C.), IG 22.1236; [ per.] 3pl. (Cyzic.): [tense] pf.διείλεγμαι Pl.Tht. 158c
, Isoc.5.81: [tense] plpf.διείλεκτο D.21.119
, but in pass. sense, Lys.9.5:—hold converse with, c. dat. pers.,μοι ταῦτα φίλος διελέξατο θυμός Il.11.407
, cf. Archil.80, Hdt.3.50,51, Ar.Nu. 425, etc.;πρὸς ἀλλήλους Pl.Plt. 272c
, etc.; δ. τί τινι or πρός τινα, discuss a question with another, X.Mem.2.10.1, 1.6.1; δ. ὅρους talk in definitions, Arist.APo. 92b32;δ. περί τινος Isoc.3.8
, D.18.252;ἀνὴρ ἀνδρὶ δ. Th.8.93
; δ. τινὶ μὴ ποιεῖν argue with one against doing, Id.5.59;εἰ τουτὶ τὸ ῥῆμα, ἀλλὰ μὴ τουτὶ διελέχθην ἐγώ D.18.232
; οἱ νόμοι οὐδὲν τούτῳ δ. have nothing to say to him, concern him not, Id.43.59;ὁ νομοθέτης οὔπω τινὶ δ. Aeschin.1.17
;δ. πρός τι
to argue on..,Arist.
Top. 159a7; or against.., Id.Ph. 185a6: abs., to discourse, reason, X.Mem.4.5.12;δ. περί τινος Isoc.5.109
, etc., freq. in Pl., Ap. 33a, al.;γλῶσσα εὔτροχος ἐν τῷ δ. Plu.Per.7
; reason, calculate, = διαλογίζομαι, Id.Marc.18:—the [voice] Act. in med. sense, Hermipp.40; οἱ διαλεγόμενοι, of logicians, Polystr.p.6 W., al.2 in Philosophy, practise dialectic, elicit conclusions by discussion,οὐκ ἐρίζειν ἀλλὰ δ. Pl.R. 454a
, cf. 511c, Tht. 167e, etc.3 later, discourse, lecture, Philostr.VS2.21.3.4 use a dialect or language,κατὰ ταὐτά τισι δ. Hdt.1.142
;Φοινικιστί Plb.1.80.6
; write in prose, opp.ποιεῖν, D.H.Comp.20.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > διαλέγω
-
2 δάϊος
δάϊος, [var] contr. [full] δᾷος, α, ον, [dialect] Dor. for [dialect] Ep. [full] δήιος ([var] contr. [full] δῆος Thgn. 552b), η, ον: also [full] δάϊος, ον, E.Tr. 1301 (lyr.), HF 915 (lyr.) (Trag. always use the [dialect] Dor.form): ([etym.] δαίω Α):—A hostile, destructive, Hom.only in Il.,δηΐου ἐκ πολέμου 7.119
;δ. ἄνδρα 6.481
: esp. as epith. of πῦρ, burning, consuming, 8.181, al.; enemies,Pi.
N.8.28, A.Ag. 559;λάφυρα δάων Id.Th. 278
(dub.l.);φόβημα δαΐων S.OC 699
(lyr.): in sg., fighting man, Ar.Ra. 1022; alsoδάου μάχας S.Ichn.239
; hostile,Ar.
Nu. 335 (=[Philox.]18 (anap.));ἔπιτε δαΐαν ὁδόν Ar.Ra. 897
(lyr.). -
3 δηρός
A long, too long,δηρὸν χρόνον Il. 14.206
, h.Cer. 282: more freq. δηρόν (sc. χρόνον ) as Adv., all too long, Il.2.298, etc.; also , cf. Musae.291: freq. with neg.,οὐδέ σέ φημι δ... ἀλύξειν Il.10.371
, cf. 2.435, etc.: Trag. use only [dialect] Dor. form,πολὺν δαρόν τε χρόνον S.Aj. 414
(lyr.), cf. A.Supp. 516, E.IT 1339; δαρόν alone, A.Pr. 648, 940, S., etc.; also δαρὸν χρόνου πόδα time's lingering foot, E.Ba. 889 (lyr.). -
4 καλλιγραφέω
A write beautifully, in point of style, metaph.in [voice] Med.,κ. τὴν ἀπομίμησιν τοῖς τῆς ἀρετῆς στοιχείοις Arist.Rh.Al. 1420b17
: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. in act. sense, Longin.33.5; in pass. sense,κεκαλλιγραφημένοι λόγοι J.Ap.2.31
, cf. D.L.7.18: later use for [dialect] Att. εἰς κάλλος γράφειν, Phryn.99.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > καλλιγραφέω
-
5 χράω
A fall upon, attack, assail, c. dat. pers.,στυγερὸς δέ οἱ ἔχραε δαίμων Od.5.396
;τίς τοι κακὸς ἔχραε δαίμων; 10.64
; soἠϊθέοις οὐκ ἔστι τόσος πόνος, ὁππόσος ἡμῖν.. ἔχραε AP5.296
(Agath.): cf. ἐπιχράω (B).II c. acc. rei, inflict upon a person,κακὸν δέ οἱ ἔχραε κοῖτον Nic.Th. 315
.III c. inf., conceive a desire to.., τίπτε σὸς υἱὸς ἐμὸν ῥόον ἔχραε κήδειν ἐξ ἄλλων; why did he want (or needed he) to vex my stream of all others? Il.21.369; μνηστῆρες.., οἳ τόδε δῶμα ἐχράετ' ἐσθιέμεν καὶ πινέμεν ye suitors.., who have become so eager to.., Od.21.69. (For signfs. 1, 11, cf. ζαχρηής; for 111 perh. cf. χρή, κέχρημαι ( χράω (B) C), χρῇ, χρῇς.)------------------------------------Aχρῇ S.El.35
, [dialect] Ion.χρᾷ Hdt.1.62
(also Luc.DMort.3.2); inf.χρᾶν Hdt.8.135
(also Luc.Alex.19); [dialect] Ion. part. , fem.χρέωσα Hdt.7.111
; [dialect] Ep.χρείων Od.8.79
, h.Ap. 396: [tense] impf.ἔχραον Pi.O.7.92
(v.l. ἔχρεον), A.R.2.454; [ per.] 3sg.ἔχρη Tyrt.3.3
, Hermesian.7.89, ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.OC87: [tense] fut. , Hdt.1.19, A.Ag. 1083: [tense] aor.ἔχρησα Hdt.4.156
, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.ἐχρήσθην Id.1.49
, etc.: [tense] pf. κέχρησμαι (v.l. κέχρημαι) Id.4.164, 7.141: [tense] plpf. ἐκέχρηστο (v.l. ἐκέχρητο) Id.2.147, 151, 3.64, etc.:—[voice] Med.,χρῶμαι Th.1.126
, etc., [dialect] Ion.χρέομαι Hdt.
, inf.χρέεσθαι 1.157
( χρᾶσθαι ib. 172); part.χρεώμενος 4.151
: [tense] impf. [ per.] 3pl. ἐχρέωντο (v.l. ἐχρέοντο) 4.157, 5.82: [tense] fut.χρήσομαι Od.10.492
, etc.I in [voice] Act. of the gods and their oracles, proclaim, abs., : : c. acc. rei, χρήσω ἀνθρώποισι Διὸς βουλήν ib. 132, cf. Thgn.807, Pi.l.c., Plot.2.9.9;ἡ Πυθίη οἱ χρᾷ τάδε Hdt.1.55
, cf. 4.155; χρῆσεν οἰκιστῆρα Βάττον proclaimed him the colonizer, Pi.P.4.6; also in Trag., ; ;χρῇ μοι τοιαῦθ' ὁ Φοῖβος S.El.35
;σοὶ δ' οὐκ ἔχρησεν οὐδέν E.Hec. 1268
;χ. φόνον Id.El. 1267
: also c. acc. cogn.,χ. χρησμόν Id.Ph. 409
; (lyr.): c. inf., warn or direct by oracle, ; without ὥστε, ib. 203; χρήσαντ' ἐμοὶ.. ἐκτὸς αἰτίας κακῆς εἶναι that I should be.., Id.Ch. 1030; c. inf. [tense] aor., Ar. V. 159: rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,τάδε ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔχρησεν IG12.80.10
; ;τοῦ θεοῦ χρήσαντος Id.5.32
, cf. Lycurg.99;ἔχρησεν ὁ θεός SIG1044.5
(Halic., iv/iii B. C.);ὁ θεὸς ἔχρησε IG42(1).122.78
(Epid., iv B. C.).II [voice] Pass., to be declared, proclaimed by an oracle, ; mostly of the oracle delivered,τὰ ἐκ Δελφῶν οὕτω τῷ Κροίσῳ ἐχρήσθη Hdt.1.49
;τὰ χρηστήρια ταῦτά σφι ἐχρήσθη Id.9.94
;ἠπίως χρησθῆναι Id.7.143
; τὸ χρησθέν, τὰ χρησθέντα, the response, Id.1.63, 7.178;ἐν Πυθῶνι χρησθὲν παλαίφατον Pi.O.2.39
;πεύθου τὰ χρησθέντ' S.OT 604
; χρησθὲν αὐτῷ ἐν Νεμέᾳ τοῦτο παθεῖν since it was foretold him by an oracle that.. Th.3.96; ἃ τοῦδ' ἐχρήσθη σώματος which were declared about it, S.OC 355;τὸν κεχρησμένον θάνατον Hdt.4.164
(- χρημ- codd.);τοῦ κακοῦ τοῦ κεχρησμένου Id.7.141
(v.l. -χρημ-): impers., c. inf., καί σφι ἐχρήσθη ἀνέμοισι εὔχεσθαι ib. 178: c. acc. et inf.,ἐκέχρηστό σφι.. τοῦτον βασιλεύσειν Id.2.147
; c. inf. [tense] aor., Id.7.220.III [voice] Med., of the person to whom the response is given, consult a god or oracle, c. dat.,ψυχῇ χρησόμενος Θηβαίου Τειρεσίαο Od.10.492
, 565; χ. θεῷ, χρηστηρίοισι, μαντηΐῳ, Hdt.1.47, 53, 157;τῷ θεῷ Aeschin.3.124
;χ. μάντεσι Μούσαις Ar.Av. 724
(anap.), cf. Pl. Lg. 686a;ὅσοι μαντικὴν νομίζοντες οἰωνοῖς χρῶνται X.Mem.1.1.3
; χ. χρηστηρίῳ εἰ .. inquire at the oracle whether.., Hdt.3.57: abs.,ὑπέρβη λάϊνον οὐδὸν χρησόμενος Od.8.81
, cf. h.Ap. 252, 292;ἀπέστειλε ἄλλους χρησομένους Hdt.1.46
; οἱ χρώμενοι the consulters, E.Ph. 957;χρωμένῳ ἐν Δελφοῖς Th.1.126
; alsoχ. περὶ τοῦ πολέμου Hdt.7.220
, cf. 1.85, 4.150, 155, etc.; having inquired of an oracle,Arist.
Rh. 1398b33: c. inf., σωφρονεῖν κεχρημένον being divinely warned to be temperate, A.Pers. 829, cf. Marcellin.Vit. Thuc.6: later simply, receive a divine revelation, Plot.5.3.14.—Hom. has the word in this sense only in Od.: the [voice] Act. only in [tense] pres. part. χρείων ([tense] fut. ): the [voice] Med. only in part. [tense] fut. χρησόμενος.B furnish with a thing, in which sense the [tense] pres. was [full] κίχρημι, D.53.12, Plu.Pomp.29; Cret. [ per.] 3sg.κίγχρητι Inscr.Cret.1 xxiii 3
(Phaestus, ii B. C.); Delph. [ per.] 3sg. [tense] pres. subj. (iv B. C.): [tense] aor. χρέη ib.13; [tense] pres. part. κιχρέντε ib.adn. (rarely [full] χρηννύναι, [full] χρηννύω, Thphr.Char.5.10, 10.13: [voice] Med.,χρηννυόμεθα PCair.Zen. 304.4
(iii B. C.)): [tense] fut.χρήσω Hdt.3.58
: [tense] aor. ἔχρησα ibid., 6.89, Ar. Th. 219, X.Mem.3.11.18, Lys.19.24, IG12.108.16, etc. ([ per.] 3sg. writtenἔκχρησεν IG12(3).1350.4
([place name] Thera)); imper. , Pl. Com.205: [tense] pf.κέχρηκα Men.461
, 598, Plb.29.21.6 ( = D.S.31.10): [tense] plpf.ἐκεχρήκει App.BC2.29
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. κέχρημαι ([etym.] δια-) D.27.11:—[voice] Med., [tense] pres.κίχρᾰμαι Plu.2.534b
; inf.κίχρασθαι Thphr.Char.30.20
: [tense] impf.ἐκιχράμην AP9.584.10
: [tense] aor. ἐχρησάμην, imper. (lyr.), etc.:— furnish the use of a thing, i.e. lend, usu. in a friendly way, δανείζω being the word applied to usurers (but χ. = δανείζω in Antipho Soph.54), ll. cc.;οὐ δεδωκώς, ἀλλὰ χρήσας Arist.EN 1162b33
, cf. LXX Ex.11.3;ἡ πειρατικὴ δύναμις χρήσασα ταῖς βασιλικαῖς ὑπηρεσίαις ἑαυτήν Plu.Pomp.24
;χ. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σχολήν τισι Id.Phil. 13
; χ. τὰν χέρα, in the formula of manumission, IG9(1).189, 194 ([place name] Tithora):—[voice] Med., borrow, τι E.El. 191 (lyr.), Thphr.Char.30.20: abs., ; πόδας χρήσας, ὄμματα χρησάμενος having lent feet and borrowed eyes, of a blind man carrying a lame one, AP9.13 (Pl.Jun.), cf. Pl.Demod. 384b, 384c.II = χρηματίζω 111,τοῦ χρέοντος γραμματέως CIG2562.18
(s. v. l., Hierapytna).------------------------------------χράομαι. (See also χράω)C [voice] Med. [full] χράομαι, [dialect] Att. [full] χρῶμαι, χρῇ prob. in Pl.Hp.Mi. 369a, (anap.), etc. (also Trag., A.Ag. 953), χρώμεθα, χρῆσθε, χρῶνται, And.4.6, Pl.La. 194c, Th.1.70, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [full] χρέομαι Sophr.126; [dialect] Ion.χρᾶται Hdt.1.132
, al. (so in later Prose, Iamb. in Nic.p.28 P.); χρέεται v.l. in Hdt.4.50;χρέονται Hp.
Aër.1;χρέωνται Hdt.1.34
, 4.108, al.;χρείωνται Heraclit.104
; opt.χρῴμην, χρῷο Pl. Cri. 45b
,χρῷτο Gorg.Fr.20
, etc.; [dialect] Ion.χρέοιτο Hp.Acut.56
; imper.χρῶ Democr.270
, Ar.Th. 212, Isoc.1.34, [dialect] Ion.χρέο Hp.Steril.230
, Hdt. 1.155 (v.l. χρέω, as in Hp.Acut. (Sp.) 62); [ per.] 3sg. [dialect] Dor. (Chalcedon, iii/ii B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.χρῆσθε And.1.11
; [ per.] 3pl. (s. v.l.; v. infr.111.4b), Th.5.18;χρώσθων IG12.122.5
; [dialect] Dor.χρόνσθω Mnemos.57.208
(Argos, vi B. C.); inf. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion.χρῆσθαι IG12.57.19
, Ar.Av. 1040, Lys.25.20, SIG57.5 (Milet., v B. C.), IG12(5).593 A12 (Ceos, v B. C.); [dialect] Ion. and Hellenisticχρᾶσθαι Hdt. 2.15
, 3.20, al., IG12(5).606.9 (Ceos, iv/iii B. C.), SIG344.50 (Teos, iv B. C.), 1106.80 (Cos, iv/iii B. C.), PCair.Zen.299.10 (iii B. C.), OGI214.19 (Didyma, iii B. C.), IG22.1325.24 (both forms in Phld.Rh.1.66S. and Ph.Bel.,χρῆσθαι 57.35
, al.,χρᾶσθαι 53.49
, al.), [dialect] Ion. χρέεσθαι as v.l. for χρῆσθαι Hdt.1.21, 187, al. ( χρῆσθαι ib. 153 codd.), so in Arc., IG5 (2).514.14 (Lycosura, ii B. C.), Eleanχρηῆσται Inscr.Olymp.1.3
(vii/vi B. C.), [dialect] Boeot.χρειεῖσθη IG7.3169
(Orchom., iii B. C.); [dialect] Locr. and [dialect] Lacon.χρῆσται IG9(1).334.19
, 23 (Oeanthea, v B. C.), 5(1).1317.8 (Thalamae, iv/iii B. C.); part. [dialect] Att. , IG12.81.6, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.χρεώμενος Il.23.834
(as a dactyl), Hdt.2.108, Hp.Acut.18, [dialect] Dor. , 438.11 (both Delph., iii B. C.), Berl.Sitzb.1927.156 ([place name] Cyrene),χρήμενος Riv.Fil.58.472
(Gortyn, iii B. C.), ([place name] Dodona): [tense] impf. [dialect] Att. , , And.1.49,ἐχρῆτο Th.1.130
, etc.; pl.,ἐχρώμεθα Lys.Fr.29
, , etc.; [dialect] Ion.ἐχρᾶτο Hdt.2.173
(v.l. -ῆτο), 3.3, 129, al. (also found in Anaxipp.1.9 codd.Ath.),ἐχρέωντο Hdt.2.108
, al.: butἐχρῆτο 3.41
codd., Herod.6.55, ([etym.] προς-) Hp.Epid.3.17.ά: [tense] fut. (lyr.), etc.; alsoκεχρήσομαι Theoc.16.73
: [tense] aor. , Th.5.7, al.: [tense] pf. κέχρημαι (v. infr. 1): [tense] aor. ἐχρήσθην in pass. sense (v. infr. vii):—in [tense] pf. κέχρημαι (with [tense] pres. sense) c. gen., desire, yearn after, the usual sense in [dialect] Ep., οὔτ' εὐνῆς πρόφασιν κεχρημένος (sc. αὐτῆς)οὔτε τευ ἄλλου Il.19.262
;νόστου κεχρημένον ἠδὲ γυναικός Od.1.13
;κομιδῆς κεχρημένοι ἄνδρες 14.124
, cf. 17.421, 20.378, 22.50;μαντοσυνεων κεχρημένοι Emp.112.10
.2 to be in want of, lack,τοῦ κεχρημένοι; S.Ph. 1264
, cf. E.IA 382 (troch.); [βορᾶς] κεχρημένοι Id.Cyc.98
;οὐ πόνων κεχρήμεθα Id.Med. 334
;τίνος κέχρησθε, γυναῖκες; Theoc.26.18
: [tense] fut.,ὃς ἐμεῦ κεχρήσετ' ἀοιδοῦ Id.16.73
; χρήσομεθα εἰς τὰ ἔργα καὶ ὁδοῦ.. καὶ ὕδατος we shall need.., SIG1182.12 (Ephes., iii B. C.): freq. abs. in part. κεχρημένος, lacking, needy, Od.14.155, 17.347, Hes.Op. 317, 500, E.Supp. 327, Pl.Lg. 717c: but κεχρηόσι δαίτης is f.l. for κεχαρηόσι in Nic.Fr.70.18.3 [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf. κέχρημαι, κεχρήμην, in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. sense, c. dat., enjoy, have, φρεσὶ γὰρ κέχρητ' ἀγαθῇσι ([etym.] ν) Od.3.266, 14.421, 16.398; αὕτη (sc. ἡ χώρη) Aër.12; ἡ καταδεεστέροις τούτοις (sc. τοῖς εἴδεσι)κεχρημένη τραγῳδία Arist.Po. 1450a32
, cf. a13, b33; ἄλλαις, μικραῖς διαφοραῖς, Id.Metaph. 1042b31, Phgn. 809a8; ὑγροτέραις σαρξί ib. b11; θριξὶ ξανθαῖς ib.25;καθαρωτάτῳ.. αἵματι Id.Resp. 477a21
; τῶν.. πλαγίαις ταῖς ῥάβδοις κεχρημένων (sc. ἰχθύων) Id.Fr. 295;εὐγενείᾳ κεχρημένος IG42(1).83.10
(Epid., i A. D.);σφαιρικῷ ὄγκῳ PLit.Lond.167.25
(ii/iii A. D.), cf. κεχρημένως ([place name] Addenda); so in [tense] pres.,χρῶνται δειλαῖς φρεσὶ, δαίμονι δ' ἐσθλῷ Thgn.161
; μέρητραγῳδίας, οἷς ὡς εἴδεσι δεῖ χρῆσθαι, πρότερον εἴπομεν Arist.Po. 1452b14
, cf. 1458b14.II use, [tense] pres. once in Hom., abs.,ἑξει μιν καὶ πέντε περιπλομένους ἐνιαυτοὺς χρεώμενος Il.23.834
: later mostly c. dat. (for acc. v. infr. VI), ;ἐσθῆτι τοιῇδε χρέωνται Hdt.1.195
, cf. 202, Ar.Ra. 1061 (anap.);διφασίοισι γράμμασι χ. Hdt.2.36
; τοῖσιοὐνόμασι τῶν θεῶν ib.52; πλατυτέροισι ἐχρέωντο τοῖσι πόμασι, ἐκ φρεάτων χρεώμενοι ib. 108; τοῖσι ἐποποιοῖσι χρεώμενον λέγειν ib. 120; ὅστις ἐμπύρῳ χρῆται τέχνῃ consults burnt offerings, E.Ph. 954; χ. ἀργυρίῳ make use of money, Pl.R. 333b; ; χ. ἵπποις manage them, X.Smp.2.10; χ. ἰχθύσι use for food, Plu.2.668f; οἴνῳ χ. ἐπὶ πλέον ib.715d; χ. ναυτιλίῃσι, θαλάσσῃ, Hdt.2.43, Th.1.3;ὠνῇ καὶ πρήσι Hdt.1.153
;δρασμῷ Aeschin.3.21
;τέχναις X.Mem.3.10.1
, Oec.4.4;τῇ τέχνῃ POxy.1029.25
(ii A. D.); χρώμενοι τῇ πόλει taking a part in politics, E. Ion 602; ; ἄλλον τρόπον τῇ πολιτείᾳ κέχρημαι, = πεπολίτευμαι, Hyp.Eux.28;φωνὴν δυναμένην ὄχλῳ χρῆσθαι Isoc.5.81
; τῇ τραπέζῃ τῇ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐχρῆτο he had dealings with my father's bank, D.52.3; χ. τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς administer them, Isoc.6.50.III experience, suffer, be subject to, esp. external events or conditions, having experienced,Pi.
N.4.58;κείμεθ' ἀγηράντῳ χρώμενοι εὐλογίῃ Simon.100.4
;νιφετῷ Hdt.4.50
;στίβῃ καὶ νιφετῷ Call.Epigr.33.3
; , D.18.194;λαίλαπι AP7.503
(Leon.); στυγεροῖς πνεύμασι Epigr. ap. D.S.13.41 (iv B. C.); ;οἰκεῖα πράγματ' εἰσάγων, οἷς χρώμεθ', οἷς σύνεσμεν Ar.Ra. 959
; ;ἀπεψίαις χ. IG42(1).126.4
(Epid., ii A. D.);ἑκὼν.. οὐδεὶς δουλίῳ χρῆται ζυγῷ A.Ag. 953
; νόμοισι χ. live under laws, Hdt. 1.173, 216, cf. IG9(1).334.19 ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.);νόμοις τοῖς ἰδίοις Riv.Fil.58.472
(Gortyn, iii B. C.);ἀνομίᾳ X.Mem.1.2.24
; (lyr.); χ. εὐμαρείᾳ to be at ease, S.Tr. 193 (but, ease oneself, Hdt.2.35);συντυχίῃ χ. Id.5.41
; , And.1.67, 120;πολλῇ εὐτυχίᾳ Pl.Men. 72a
; πολλῇ τῇ νίκῃ χρῆται, = παρὰ πολὺ νικᾷ, And.4.31;συμφορῇ κεχρημένος Hdt.1.42
, cf. E.Med. 347;τοιούτῳ μόρῳ ἐχρήσατο ὁ παῖς Hdt. 1.117
; θείῃ πομπῇ χρεώμενος divinely sent, ib.62; of mental conditions present in the subject, τῷ χόλῳ χρέομαι I feel anger, Sophr. 126;λογισάμενος ἢν εὑρίσκῃ πλέω τε καὶ μέζω τὰ ἀδικήματα ἐόντα τῶν ὑποργημάτων, οὕτω τῷ θυμῷ χρᾶται Hdt.1.137
; μὴ πάντα θυμῷ χρέο ib. 155;ὀργῇ χρωμένη S.OT 1241
;ὀργῇ μεγάλῃ μοι ἐχρήσω LXX Jb.10.17
, cf. 19.11, al.; ἀγνωμοσύνῃ χρησάμενοι ἀπέστησαν they stiffened their necks and.. Hdt.5.83; οἴησις γάρ, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν ἰητρικῇ, αἰτίην μὲντοῖσι κεχρημένοισιν, ὄλεθρον δὲ τοῖσι χρεωμένοισι ἐπιφέρει vanity brings blame on its possessor (or victim) and ruin on those who consult him, Hp Decent.4;πολλῇ ἀνοίᾳ χρώμενος Antipho 3.3.2
;ἀμαθίᾳ πλέονι.. χρῆσθε Th.1.68
;ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις μείζοσιν ἢ κατὰ τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν οὐσίαν ἐχρῆτο Id.6.15
;φθόνῳ καὶ διαβολῇ χ. Pl.Ap. 18d
;οὺ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀλλὰ τῇ τοῦ πατάξαντος χρησάμενος ἀπέθανεν Antipho 4.3.4
;τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι παραπλησίοις ἐχρήσαντο Isoc.8.104
;μή τι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην; 2 Ep.Cor.1.17
.2 with verbal nouns. periphr. for the verb derived from the noun, ἀληθέϊ λόγῳ χ. use true speech, i.e. speak the truth, Hdt.1.14; ἀληθείῃ χ. ib. 116, 7.101; βοῇ χ. set up a cry, Id.4.134; τοιούτῳ πράγματι οὐ κέχρησαι, = οὐδὲν τοιοῦτο ἔπραξας, Hyp.Eux.11; δαψιλέϊ τῷ ποτῷ (fort. πότῳ)χρησαμένους Hdt.2.121
.δ'; ἐσόδῳ χρέο πυκνῶς visit often, Hp.Decent.13;ἡ σελήνη.. διὰ παντὸς τῇ ἴσῃ παραυξήσει καὶ μειώσει χρῆται Gem.18.16
.3 c. dupl. dat., use as so and so,τοῖς ἀγαθοῖσιν.. χ. πρὸς τὰ κακὰ ἀλκῇ Democr.173
;μιᾷ πόλει ταύτῃ χ. Th.2.15
;χ. τῷ σίτῳ ὄψῳ ἢ τῷ ὄψῳ σίτῳ X.Mem.3.14.4
.4 χ. τισιν ἔς τι use for an end or purpose, Hdt.1.34;πρός τι X.Oec.11.13
;ἐπί τι Id.Mem.1.2.9
; ἀμφί or περί τι, Id.Oec.9.6, An.3.5.10; with neut. Adj. or Pron. as Adv., τάδε [τῷ ἀμφιβλήστρῳ] χ. makes the following use of the net, Hdt.2.95;χρέωνται οὐδὲν ἐλαίῳ Id.1.193
; χρυσῷ καὶ χαλκῷ τὰ πάντα χρέωνται ib. 215; λογισμῷ ἐλάχιστα χ., πλεῖστα ἀρετῇ χ., Th.2.11, 5.105; τί χρήσεταί ποτ' αὐτῷ; what use will he make of him? Ar.Ach. 935, cf. X.An.1.3.18;χ. τἀνδρὶ τοῖς τ' ἐμοῖς λόγοις S.Tr.60
; .b treat, deal with, , cf. Ar.Nu. 439 (anap.; fort. delendum χρήσθων), Isoc.12.107; εἰ τύχοι (sc. γυνὴ)μὴ ἐπιτηδεία γενομένη, τί χρὴ τῇ συμφορᾷ χρῆσθαι; Antipho Soph.49
; ἀπορέων ὅ τι χρήσηται τῷ παρεόντι πρήγματι not knowing what to make of it, Hdt.7.213;ἠπόρει ὅτι χρήσαιτο Pl.Prt. 321c
;οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις ὅτι χρῷο σαυτῷ Id.Cri. 45b
; in elliptical phrases,τί οὖν χρησώμεθα; Id.Ly. 213c
;Θηβαίους ἔχοντες.. τί χρήσεσθε; D.8.74
: c. dat. et acc. cogn., , cf. 785b, Clit. 407e.IV of persons, χρῆσθαί τινι ὡς .. treat him as..,χ. τινὶ ὡς ἀνδρὶ ψεύστῃ Hdt.7.209
; χ. [τισὶν] ὡς πολεμίοις, ὡς φίλοις καὶ πιστοῖς, treat as friends or enemies, regard them as such, Th.1.53, X.Cyr.4.2.8; soφιλικώτερον χρῆσθαί τισι Id.Mem.4.3.12
;ὑβριστικῶς χ. τισί D.56.12
; also withoutὡς, ἔμοιγε χρώμενος διδασκάλῳ A.Pr. 324
, cf. Heraclit.104;ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
; ;πλείστοις καὶ δεινοτάτοις ἐχροῖς χ. And.4.2
;ἀσθενέσι χ. πολεμίοις X.Cyr.3.2.4
.b χρῆσθαί τινι (without φίλῳ) to be intimate with a man, X.Hier.5.2, Mem.4.8.11;χρῆσθαι καὶ συνεῖναί τισι And.1.49
; ἀνάγκη, ὃς ἂν γένηται (sc. παῖς, son), τούτῳ χρῆσθαι one must put up with the son that is born, Democr.277: ἰητρῷ μὴ χρωμένους not consulting a doctor, Hp. de Arte5 (so c. dat. et acc., ἐσιέναι παρὰ βασιλέα μηδένα, δι' ἀγγέλων δὲ πάντα χρᾶσθαι (sc. αὐτῷ) deal with him in everything by messengers, Hdt.1.99); so Πλάτωνι, Ξενοφῶντι, χ. use, study their writings, Plu.2.79d: abs., friends,X.
Ages.11.13, Mem.2.6.5, Isoc.6.44.2 esp. of sexual intercourse,γυναιξὶ ἐχρᾶτο Hdt.2.181
, cf. X.Mem.1.2.29, 2.1.30, Is.3.10, D.59.67.3 χρῆσθαι ἑαυτῷ make use ofoneself or one's powers, with a part.,οὐδ' ὑγιαίνοντι χρώμενος ἑαυτῷ Plu.Nic.17
;αὑτῷ νήφοντι χ. Id.Eum.16
: so with an Adv.,χ. ἑαντῷ πρὸς τοὺς κινδύνους ἀφειδῶς Id.Alex.45
; παρέχειν ἑαυτὸν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς χρῆσθαι place oneself at the disposal of another, X.Cyr.1.2.13, cf. 8.1.5.V abs., or with Adv., χρῶνται Πέρσαι οὕτω so the Persians are wont to do, such is their custom. ib.4.3.23.VI in later Gk. ( τῷ μεγαλόφρονι shd. be read for τὸ μεγαλόφρον in X.Ages.11.11) c. acc. rei,χ. τὰ ἀπὸ λιμένων.. εἰς διοίκησιν τῆς πόλεως Arist.Oec. 1350a7
; [θησαυρὸν] χρησάμενοι (v.l. κτησάμενοι) LXXWi.7.14;οἱ χρώμενοι τὸν κόσμον ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι 1 Ep.Cor.7.31
;ἄνηθον μετ' ἐλαίου χρήσασθαι IG42(1).126.27
(Epid., ii A. D.);ὕδωρ χρῶ PTeb.273.28
(ii/iii A. D.):— for Hdt.1.99, v. supr. IV. 1b.VII [voice] Pass., to be used, esp. in [tense] aor., αἱ δὲ (sc. αἱ νέες)οὐκ ἐχρήσθησαν Hdt.7.144
; τέως ἂν χρησθῇ so long as it be in use, D.21.16; [σιδήρου τοῦ] χρησθέντος εἰς τύλους Supp.Epigr.4.447.48
(Didyma, ii B. C.); Hsch. also has χρησθήσεται· χρησιμεύσει:—v. supr. A.11. -
6 φέρω
φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.Aἤφεραν IG3.1379
), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.φέρτε Il.9.171
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.φέρῃσι Il.18.308
, Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.φερέμεν Il.9.411
, al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.φέρον 3.245
; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.II [tense] fut.οἴσω Il.7.82
, etc.; [dialect] Dor.οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11
; [ per.] 1pl.οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133
; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.οἶσε Od.22.106
, 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;οἰσέτω Il.19.173
, Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.οἰσόντων Antim.15
; inf.οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102
, [dialect] Ep.οἰσέμεν Od.3.429
,οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120
, Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.οἶσαι Ph.1.611
codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.οἴσομαι Il.22.217
, S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7
, al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45
, Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.προοῖσται Luc.Par.2
; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg. (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, butἤνεγκα S.El. 13
, E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dualδι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b
; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37
, al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg. , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg. (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; butἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33
, 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847
: subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg. , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, butἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84
(anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf. , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21
, S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21
([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we findἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53
, and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper. ); [ per.] 2sg. , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg. , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b
, ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188
: part.ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131
, ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.ἔνεικε Od.21.178
, inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625
; [ per.] 2sg.ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255
; [ per.] 3sg.ἤνεικε Od.18.300
, al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικε Il.15.705
, al.; [ per.] 1pl.ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43
; [ per.] 3pl.ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30
, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικαν Il.9.306
; imper. [ per.] 2sg.ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3
; [ per.] 2pl.,ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393
; [ per.] 3pl.ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688
B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334
, Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788
Fr.15ii 20; part.ἐνείκας Il.17.39
, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22
(Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314
; [ per.] 3pl.ἠνείκαντο 9.127
, Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4
.2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110
(Epid., iv B. C.); Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12
, al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl. Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49
(Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381
,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12
(2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24
(Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.V other tenses: [tense] pf.ἐνήνοχα D.21.108
, 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12
, Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12
and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66
, etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115
(Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenisticἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42
(iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150
(Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53
(Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d
,εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340
;ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4
; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37
; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20
; part.κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2
, Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)A [voice] Act.,I bear or carry a load,ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568
;μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
;ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622
;χοάς A.Ch.15
;φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564
;χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429
;φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14
; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς); ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531
(lyr.);γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581
, cf. Supp. 994;καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930
codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφονβάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967
(lyr.).II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362
; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444
, cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;πόδες φέρον Il.6.514
;πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341
, etc.; of horses, 2.838;ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232
, etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17
.b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.2 of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26
; [σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330
, cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300
, 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d
;φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023
, cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.III endure, suffer,λυγρά Od.18.135
;ἄτην Hdt.1.32
; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;ξυμφοράς Th.2.60
; ; also of food,ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21
; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2
: metaph.,ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a
.2 freq. with modal words,πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82
; ;ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31
;θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80
;χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13
: esp. with an Adv., [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215
; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36
;αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104
;συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35
;ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d
, al.;εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585
, X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck) ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155
, cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
;ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a
: c. gen.,τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77
, cf. 2.62;ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21
, cf. Isoc.12.232;πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55
: c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.IV bring, fetch,εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196
;φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502
;ἄρνε 3
, 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;ἔντεα Il.18.191
;τόξα Od.21.359
; ; , etc.;γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131
:—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504
;οἶνον Alc.35
, cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282
; fetch, Od.2.410;χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470
.2 bring, offer, present,δῶρα Od.8.428
, etc.;μέλος Pi.P.2.3
; ;φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602
;πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31
; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572
, Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.b = ἄγω iv. 1,ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7
; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1
.3 bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31
;ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283
, cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132
, cf. 8.516; ;θάνατον φ. B.5.134
;τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c
; ;τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135
(lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13
(Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6
, etc.;πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22
;ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10
:—[voice] Pass.,εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3
.4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;λόγον Pi.P.8.38
;ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781
, cf. Tr. 493;ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3
: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248
(troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583
; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9
:—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);δασμόν X.An.5.5.10
; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19
;μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12
(but usu., receive, draw, pay,μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66
; ;αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17
, cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2
, cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35
.6 apply, refer, , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45
;ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7
, cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,φ. χορηγόν D.20.130
, 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.; (ii B. C.);τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13
, al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785
(lyr.).V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229
;ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110
; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139
;γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5
, cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91
; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4
; also of living beings,τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c
;ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1
; one's country,Hld.
2.29, Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (alsoἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202
); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25
; [τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9
;φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14
.VI carry off or away,Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302
;φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429
, 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199
; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11
; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.ἄγω 1.3
), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37
;ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17
;κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10
(Tamynae, iv B. C.);αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128
; of a divorced wife,αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2
; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, ;ἀλλήλους Th.1.7
; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759
:—[voice] Med. in same sense,ἔναρα Il.22.245
;πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856
;ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124
, cf. 15.378.3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308
;φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657
; ; ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651
;ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590
; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e
: also, receive one's due,φ. χάριν S.OT 764
; ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968
A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217
; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538; ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): henceοὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104
; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129; ; ;χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9
;φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2
; ;εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969
;δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638
;ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266
(lyr.);ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131
: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97
: hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122
, cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31
;ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15
; ;ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24
(but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.2 of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί orἐς θάλασσαν Hdt.4.99
; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν ib. 100;πρὸς νότον Id.7.201
; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς)καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα Ptol.Geog.2.11.2
, cf. 3.3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10
;τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90
; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991; : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3
. 134; soτὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31
;τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562
(lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d
; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.b point to, refer to a thing,ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120
; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159; , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c
;ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120
; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79
: c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223
; use a word,οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6
, cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63
: more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e
; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104
(v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11
;κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60
(Pergam., ii B. C.); are in use,Ptol.
Geog.7.4.11; of literary works, to be in circulation,ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a
, cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.1 before another imper.,φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296
(anap.);φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534
;φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b
; soφέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127
.2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14
;φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4
;φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361
, cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300
.3 before a rhetorical question,φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571
;φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788
(anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phraseφέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218
;φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183
, cf. Antipho 5.36; alsoφ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a
, al.: usu. first in a sentence, butτὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c
, etc.5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b
; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47
P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή); εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73
(Pall.).2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e
, cf. R. 345b; soὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24
; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8
.b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159
; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν
hurling themselves,Plb.
1.17.8;εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82
; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27
, cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24
;τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3
, cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24
, cf. Per.7; , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456
B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513
, cf. 16.665, 17.131;τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798
, cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a
;πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d
;τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520
;ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c
;φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b
; simply, move, go,ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309
(anap.); , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.
ap. Aët.9.12;πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19
: metaph.,εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729
;πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b
, cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30
; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b
;ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89
.3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172
; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37
;φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23
;ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59
;φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18
.II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074
;κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25
;εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17
; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60
;φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5
;χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6
; of euphonious writing,σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26
.2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3. -
7 εἰ
εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.Aἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10
H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262
; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.2 in wishes, c. opt.,ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111
, cf. 24.74; so later,εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863
(lyr.); : more freq. folld. byγάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189
, al.;εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410
;εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38
;εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d
; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825
;Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29
; later with past tenses of ind.,εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152
(anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311
, cf. 24.376.b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions, ;εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157
;ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537
(lyr.);εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46
: later c. inf.,γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284
(Crin.).c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84
; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
.B IN CONDITIONS, if:I with INDIC.,1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7
;εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526
;εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a
;κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579
, cf. Od.17.475;εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c
;εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b
, cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943
: with [tense] impf.,εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10
: rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19
; ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings, ;εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c
, cf. D.28.21: or,b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485
, cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28
; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38
; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d
, cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a
.c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13
; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21
; : in later Prose,εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5
;εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9
, cf. Procl. Inst.26.1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11
; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81
.b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979
;οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11
;οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37
, etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; alsoεἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c
.2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768
; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755
. For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3
.3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5
.4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.ἄν A. 111
. d).IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129
; , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147
: after past tenses,ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13
;δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33
; ;οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105
: in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157
;ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7
; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found, ; ;τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d
, etc.VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321
; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:a εἰ μή except,οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200
; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. 1.45, 2.20;εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17
, Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8
;εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13
.b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37
, cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35
;οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6
, cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.c εἰ δέ sts. stands forεἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c
, cf. Smp. 212c; ;εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24
; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5
;ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8
, cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2
, etc.;εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d
; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20
, cf. Ar.Eq. 594;αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11
, cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39
.g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);εἴ που Od.4.193
.h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58
.VIII with other PARTICLES:1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν ) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί ) even though, v. καί:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ' εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even.IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41
.2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75
.3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60
: rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ; ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a
, 313b;ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9
; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14. -
8 ἐθέλω
Aἐθέλωμι Il.1.549
,9.397: [tense] impf.ἤθελον 14.120
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr.ἔθελον 6.336
, Thgn.606, B.10.73; [dialect] Ion.ἐθέλεσκον Il.13.106
, Hdt.6.12: [tense] fut.ἐθελήσω Il.18.262
, etc.; : [tense] aor. 1ἠθέλησα Hdt.2.2
, etc.; [dialect] Ep.ἐθέλησα Il.18.396
; imper. ; subj. θελήσῃ ib. 1028, X.Cyr.2.4.19, etc.; opt. ; part. (lyr.): [tense] pf.ἠθέληκα X.Cyr.5.2.9
, Aeschin.2.139, D.47.5; τεθέληκα (Alexandrian acc. to Phryn.307) LXXPs.40(41).12, Phld.Rh.2.76 S., S.E.M.2.37: [tense] plpf.ἠθελήκει X.HG6.5.21
;ἐτεθελήκεσαν D.C.44.26
codd. (elsewh. ἠθελήκεσαν as 46.47):— θέλω is never found in Hom. or Hes. exc. Il.1.277 (dub.),ὅττι θέλοιεν Od.15.317
as v.l. (ἅσσ' ἐθέλοιεν Aristarch.
), nor in [dialect] Aeol.; rarely in early [dialect] Ep. and Eleg.,θέλοι h.Ap.46
,θέλει Sol.27.12
; but is found in [dialect] Ion. Inscrr., SIG45.16 (Halic., v B.C.), 1037.7 (Milet., iv B.C.), and in Semon.7.13, Hippon.22 B, Anacr.92:— both forms in codd. of Hdt. and Hp. and in Heraclit. and Democr., also in Pi. and B.: Trag. never use ἐθέλω exc. in augmented forms, ἤθελον, -ησα: Com.never use θέλω exc. in phrases such as ἢν θεὸς θέλῃ, εἰ θεὸς θέλοι, Ar.Pl. 347, Ra. 533, or parodies of Trag.: early [dialect] Att. Inscrr, haveἐθέλω IG12.6.41
, etc., till 250 B.C., when θέλω becomes common: [dialect] Att. Prose writers rarely use θέλω exc. in phrases such asἂν θεὸς θέλῃ Din.2.3
or after a long vowel, e.g.μὴ θελῆσαι Th.5.72
,μὴ θελήσας Is. 8.11
,μὴ θέλοντας And.1.22
,τῷ θέλοντι Id.4.7
, etc.; but ,θελήσουσιν Id.5.99
: in later Gr. θέλω is regular exc. in the augmented forms; ἐθέλω is not found in LXX or NT:— to be willing (of consent rather than desire, v. βούλομαι 1), but also generally, wish, Od.3.324:—Constr.: abs., esp. in part., ἐθέλων ἐθέλουσαν ἀνήγαγεν ib. 272;εἰ σύ γε σῷ θυμῷ ἐθέλοις Il.23.894
;ἀλλά μοι ἤθελε θυμός Od.11.566
: freq. folld. by inf. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., wish to.., Il.7.364, etc.: with inf. supplied, εἰ δ' ἐθέλεις πεζός (sc. ἰέναι) Od.3.324: c. acc. et inf., wish that.., Il.19.274, Hdt.1.3; rarely folld. by ὥστε, E.Hipp. 1327: later c. ἵνα, Ev.Matt.7.12, etc.: not used c. acc. only, exc. when an inf. is easily supplied, εὔκηλος τὰ φράζεαι ἅσσ' ἐθέλῃσθα (sc. φράζεσθαι) Il.1.554, cf. 9.397,7.182, Od.14.172; σιτέονται δὲ οὐκ ὅσα ἐθέλουσι (sc. σιτέεσθαι) Hdt.1.71, cf. Th.5.50; εἰ καὶ τῆς ἀξίας ἔλαττον ἐθελήσειέ τις (sc. φράσαι) Jul.Or.1.132a: also with neut. Pron. or Adj., τί δὴ θέλων; with what intent? A.Pr. 118.2 with neg., almost, = δύναμαι, as μίμνειν οὐκ ἐθέλεσκον ἐναντίον they cared not to make a stand, i.e. they were un able, Il.13.106;οὐδ'.. ἤθελε θυμὸς τειρομένοις ἑτάροισιν ἀμυνέμεν 17.702
: metaph. of things, of a stream, οὐδ' ἔθελε προρέειν ἀλλ' ἴσχετο would not run on, but stopped, 21.366, cf. Od.8.223, 316, h.Cer.45; αὔλειοι δ' ἔτ' ἔχειν οὐκ ἐθέλουσι θύραι Sol.4.28;τὰ δένδρα οὐδέν μ' ἐθέλει διδάσκειν Pl.Phdr. 230d
, cf. R. 370b (said to be an [dialect] Att. use, Greg.Cor.p.135 S.).3 part., ἐθέλων or θέλων willingly, gladly, Od.3.272, etc. (alsoπιθοῦ θελήσας S.OT 649
(lyr.)); οὐκ ἐθέλων, = ἀεκών, Il.4.300; with Art. like ὁ βουλόμενος, whoever will, i.e. any one, S.Ph. 619, Aj. 1146, Pl. Grg. 508c, etc.4 θέλεις οὐ θέλεις nolens volens, Arr.Epict.3.9.16; θέλει οὐ θέλει ib.3.3, M.Ant.11.15.7 folld. by subj., τί σοι θέλεις δῆτ' εἰκάθω; in what wilt thou that I give way to thee? ib. 651 (lyr.); θέλεις μείνωμεν αὐτοῦ; Id.El.80.8 maintain, hold, c. acc. et inf., Plu.2.883e, Paus.1.4.6.9 delight in, love, ; τινά ib.Ps.17(18).20; but οἱ κακῶς τινὰς θέλοντες their ill-wishers, Cat.Cod.Astr.7.234.10 ordain, decree,ἠθέλησεν [ὁ ἡγεμὼν] τὸν κίνδυνον τῆς προβολῆς εἶναι πρός τινας CPR 20.17
(iii A.D.), etc.II of inanimate things (cf. supr. 1.2),1 to express a future event, like our will or shall,εἰ ἐθελήσει ἀναβῆναι ἡ τυραννίς Hdt.1.109
; ; , cf. Pl.R. 370b, etc.:—in this sense, very rarely of living things, οὐ δοῦναι θέλοι, = οὐκ ἂν δοίη, A.Eu. 429;εἴπερ.. οὗτός <σ'> ἐθέλει κρατῆσαι Ar.V. 536
, cf.Pi.N.7.90, Pl.R. 375a.2 to be naturally disposed, to be wont or accustomed, c. inf.,συμβάσιες ἰσχυραὶ οὐκ ἐ. συμμένειν Hdt.1.74
;μεγάλα πρήγματα μεγάλοισι κινδύνοισι ἐ. καταιρέεσθαι Id.7.50
; ;οὐκ ἐ. αἱ γνῶμαι.. ὁμοῖαι εἶναι Th.2.89
;τοῦτ' ἐνδελεχὲς ἐ. γίγνεσθαι Arist.Mete. 347a5
, cf. Metaph. 1013b27, al.; οὐ θέλει ζῆν, of premature births, Id.HA 575a28.3 in phrases expressive of meaning,τὸ θέλει σημαίνειν τὸ τέρας Hdt.1.78
;τὸ θέλει τὸ ἔπος εἶπαι Id.6.37
;τὸ θέλει τὰ δῶρα λέγειν Id.4.131
; τὸ ἔπος τοῦτο ἐθέλει λέγειν ὡς .. Id.2.13.4 τοῦ θέλοντος, = τοῦ θελήματος, S.OC 1220 (lyr., s.v.l.). -
9 ὅς
ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrasesAὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325
, h.Ap. 156 ;ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70
(elsewh.οὗ Il. 7.325
, al., never οἷο); fem.ἕης Il.16.208
(perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. onlyἧς 5.265
, al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ orκαί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286
;ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198
;ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190
, Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59
, cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1
;ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76
;ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81
; soτῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187
(Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102
, Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99
;πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71
(as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81
;ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1
: very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6
;ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21
, etc.B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87
;τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12
: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369
; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a
; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8
.β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94
: it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..
of me whom..,S.
OC 731; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη
one of the thousands, which..,12.97
;αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..
one of those who..,E.
Or. 920: rare in Prose,ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310
, cf. Lys.1.32.3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν
a name which..,D.
19.44 ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54
;τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108
, cf. 2.17, 124, etc.II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64
, cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69
, cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156
(anap.);φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a
.3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170
;οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475
;ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b
: freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672
;ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815
; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:a [tense] pres. ind.,τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175
;κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445
; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160
(lyr.): also afterὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157
, etc.b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378
;οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407
:—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731
, cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29
, cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666
; after an opt., .IV peculiar Idioms:1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d
.2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514
, cf. D.19.211, etc.;ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56
;ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b
, cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16
;ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938
: c. inf.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33
(but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ orἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81
, cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056
;τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44
;τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14
.4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'
that they may..,Il.
9.165 : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209
(troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c
: also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365
(perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71
(in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118
, cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46
, cf. D.52.7;δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26
;γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11
(iii B. C.).b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).7 in exclamations,ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146
. 0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.2 , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.ὅστις 1
.V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc. 0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.; , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.; , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049
;εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a
, etc.; in some places,E.
Or. 638 ;οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..
in some places.., in others..,Arist.
Oec. 1345b34 : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a
;συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17
.2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; soοὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86
, cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13
: in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11
;ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).IV acc. sg. neut. ὅ, very freq. = ὅτι, that, how that, , al.; and so also, because, ,al.2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.------------------------------------ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.Aοἷο Il.3.333
, Od.1.330, al.,οὗ 23.150
, al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761
; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280
;τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153
, etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag., (lyr.); (iamb.);ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955
(iamb.): with Art.,λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641
;ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442
;τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266
, cf. 525 (lyr.);τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248
: so in Cret. Prose,τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46
; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205
; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); andIII of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.) -
10 φημί
φημί,Aφῄς, φηις PCair.Zen.316.1
(iii B. C.), PSI7.846.7 (Pap. of Ar. (?), ii/iii A. D.), cf. Hdn.Gr.2.147, 419; φησί (apocop.φή Anacr.40
); pl. φᾰμέν, φᾰτέ, φᾱσί; [dialect] Dor. [full] φᾱμί, φᾱσί or φᾱτί (Ar.Ach. 771, Anon. in PSI9.1091.11, 18), [ per.] 3pl. φαντί; [dialect] Aeol. [full] φᾶμι Sapph.32, [ per.] 2sg.φαῖσθα Alc.Supp.20.6
, [ per.] 3sg. φαῖσι ib.26.5, Sapph.66, [ per.] 3pl.φαῖσι Sapph. Supp.5.2
: [tense] aor. 2 ἔφην, [dialect] Ep.φῆν Il.18.326
;ἔφησθα 1.397
, al., Ar.Lys. 132, X.An.1.6.7, Pl.Cra. 438a, Aeschin.3.164, etc. (rarelyἔφης Il.22.280
, X.Cyr.4.1.23), [dialect] Ep.φῆσθα Il.21.186
, Od.14.149 (v.l. φῇσθα), φῆς Il.5.473
, Od.7.239 (v.l.); ἔφη, [dialect] Ep. φῆ, [dialect] Dor.φᾶ Pi.I.2.11
; [ per.] 1pl.ἔφᾰμεν Isoc.3.26
(ἔφημεν A.D.Adv.184.7
, Gal.1.158, Papp.524.16, Choerob. in Theod.2.341 H.); [ per.] 2pl.ἔφᾰτε And.2.25
; [ per.] 3pl. ἔφασαν, [dialect] Ep.φάσαν Il.2.278
, also ἔφᾰν, φάν, 3.161, 6.108; imper. φαθί (on the accent v. Hdn.Gr.1.431, al., A.D.Synt.264.4; φάθι is found in codd. of Pl. Grg. 475e, al.); subj. φῶ, φῇς, φῇ, [dialect] Ep.φῇσιν Od.1.168
,φήῃ 11.128
, 23.275; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. subj.φᾶντι Tab.Heracl.1.116
; opt. φαίην, [ per.] 1pl.φαῖμεν Il.2.81
, 24.222, Pi.N.7.87, [ per.] 3pl.φαῖεν Th.3.68
, etc.; inf. φάναι, Hdt.1.27, etc., poet.φάμεν Pi.N.8.19
; part.φάς Il.9.35
, Hdt.1.63, 141, SIG279.18 (Zeleia, iv B. C.),φᾶσα Hdt.6.135
, pl.φάντες Il.3.44
, 14.126, Pl.Alc.2.139b: [tense] fut. φήσω, [dialect] Dor. , etc.; [ per.] 1pl.φασοῦμες Diotog.
ap. Stob.4.1.133: [tense] aor. 1ἔφησα Cratin.
in PSI11.1212.9, Hdt.3.153, PCair.Zen.19.3 (iii B. C.) ( ἔφασεν is dub. ib.140.7); [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3sg.φᾶσε Pi.N.1.66
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. ([dialect] Dor.) φάσῃς [ᾱ] Simon.32 ( φήσῃς etc. codd. Stob., corr. Bgk.); opt.φήσειε Hdt.6.69
, A.Pr. 503, part.φήσας X.Mem.3.11.1
, Isoc.12.239, inf.φῆσαι Thphr. Char.2.7
:—[voice] Med. (chiefly poet. in early writers), [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2 ἐφάμην, ἔφατο (also SIG437.6 (Delph., iii B. C.), PCair.Zen.343.8 (iii B. C.), PSI4.437.8 (iii B. C.), Parth.4.5, etc.), [dialect] Ep.φάτο Il.20.262
,φάσθε Od.6.200
, 10.562, ἔφαντο, [dialect] Ep.φάντο 24.460
; imper.φάο 16.168
, 18.171, φάσθω, φάσθε; inf. φάσθαι; part. φάμενος (also Archim. Spir. Prooem., Eratosth.Prooem., SIG364.83 (Ephesus, iii B. C.), PCair.Zen.236.4 (iii B. C.), PHamb.4.14 (i A. D.), J.AJ17.12.2, Gal. 6.228, etc.): [dialect] Dor. [tense] fut. φάσομαι [ᾱ] Pi.N.9.43:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. [ per.] 3sg.πέφαται A.R.2.500
; [ per.] 3sg. imper. ; but part.πεφασμένος Il.14.127
, A.Pr. 843 shd. be referred to φαίνω: [tense] aor. ἐφάθην ([etym.] ἀπ-, κατ-) Arist.Int. 18b39. The [tense] pres. indic. φημί is enclit., exc. in [ per.] 2sg. [tense] pres. φῄς: φαμέν is [ per.] 1pl. [tense] pres., φάμεν poet. inf.: φαντί is [ per.] 3pl., φάντι part.II φάσκω supplied all moods of [tense] pres. except the indic., also [tense] impf. ἔφασκον; cf. ἠμί. [ᾰ, except in φᾱσι, and in masc. and fem. part. φάς, φᾶσα: in inf. φάναι ᾰ always; φᾶναι is corrupt in Eub.119.11 codd. Ath.]:—say, affirm, assert, either abs., or folld. by inf., e. g. Λυσίθευς Μικίωνα φιλῖν ( = -εῖν)φησι IG12.924
, cf. 57.48, or acc. et inf.; the inf. is freq. omitted, σὲ κακὸν καὶ ἀνάλκιδα φήσει (sc. εἶναι) Il.8.153; also Κορινθίους τί φῶμεν; what shall we say of them? X.HG3.5.12;φ. πρός τινα, πρὸς ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584
: less freq. c. dat.,αὐτοῖς Ev.Matt.13.28
; κατά τινος φ. to speak against him, X.Ap.25: sts. folld. by ὡς, Lys.7.19, v.l. in X. HG6.3.7; by ὅτι, Pl.Grg. 487d, Corn.ND30; by an interrog. clause, l.c.; by part., dub. in Pl. Grg. 481c (fort. leg. θῶμεν); also parenthetic,τίνες, φῄς, ἦσαν οἱ λόγοι; Pl.Phd. 59c
.b since what one says commonly expresses a belief or opinion, think, deem, suppose,φῆ γὰρ ὅ γ' αἱρήσειν Πριάμου πόλιν Il. 2.37
; φαίης κε ζάκοτόν τέ τιν' ἔμμεναι ἄφρονά τε you would say, would think, he was.., 3.220; ἶσον ἐμοὶ φάσθαι to say he is (i. e. fancy himself) equal to me, 1.187, 15.167; μὴ.. φαθὶ λεύσσειν think not that you see, Theoc.22.56; τί φῄς; what say you? i.e. what think you? (v. infr. 11.5);λέγ' ἀνύσας ὅ τι φῄς Ar.Pl. 349
:—so φ. δεῖν, φ. χρῆναι, deem it right, And.3.34, Isoc.3.48.c say, i.e. write, of an author,ὡς ἔφημεν Gal.1.158
, etc.—The [voice] Med. has all these senses as well as the [voice] Act.II Special Phrases:1 φασί, they say, it is said, Il.5.638, Od.6.42, etc.; parenthetically, Arist.EN 1109a35, Men.Epit. 223, etc.: Prose writers use φησί when quoting, D.23.89, etc.; φησίν saith He, 1 Ep.Cor.6.16; esp. of an opponent's objection, Plu.2.112c; even after a plural,ὅ τοίνυν μέγιστον ἔχειν οἴονται.. καὶ αὐτός, φησί, τῶν εἰσιόντων ἦσθα Lib.Or.52.39
; "τὸν δὲ μετ' εἰσενόησα, ἔφη Ὅμηρος as H. said, Pl.Prt. 315b.2 joined with a synon. Verb, ἔφη λέγων, ἔφησε λέγων, Hdt.3.156, 6.137, etc.;ἔλεγε φάς Id.1.122
; λέγει οὐδέν, φαμένη .. Id.2.22;τί ἐροῦμεν ἢ τί φήσομεν; D.8.37
, cf. 25.100;τί φῶ; τί λέξω; E.Hel. 483
.3 in repeating dialogues the Verb commonly goes before its subject, ἔφην ἐγώ, ἔφη ὁ Σωκράτης, said I, said S., but the order is sts. inverted, ἐγὼ ἔφην, ὁ Σωκράτης ἔφη, I said, S. said.4 inserted parenthetically, though the sentence has been introduced by λέγει, εἶπεν, etc.,ὁ Ἰσχόμαχος.. εἶπεν· ἀλλὰ παίζεις μὲν σύ γε, ἔφη X.Oec.17.10
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 164e;ἡ κρίσις.. διαρρήδην λέγει διότι, φησίν, ἔδοξε τἀληθῆ εἰσαγγεῖλαι Lys.13.50
.5τί φημί; S.OT 1471
, andτί φῄς; Ph. 804
, E.Hel. 706 (dub.), are used extra metrum, as exclamations.6 κυριώτατα φάναι, in parenthesis, strictly speaking, Ph.2.374; ὡς οὕτω φάναι, = ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἅπασαι ὡς οὕτω φάναι practically all, Gal.Vict.Att.9; συνελόντα (v.l. -όντι) φάναι, = συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, Id.16.502.III like κατάφημι, say yes, affirm, assert, καὶ τοὺς φάναι and they said yes, Hdt.8.88;καί φημι κἀπόφημι S.OC 317
;ἔγωγέ φημι Pl. Grg. 526c
;φάναι τε καὶ ἀπαρνεῖσθαι Id.Tht. 165a
: c. inf.,φῂς ἢ καταρνεῖ μὴ δεδρακέναι τάδε; S.Ant. 442
; but οὔ φημι means say no, deny, refuse, c. inf., ἡ Πυθίη οὐκ ἔφη χρήσειν said she would not.., Hdt.1.19, cf. 8.2;οὐκ ἔφασαν ἐπιτρέψαι Lys.13.15
, 47 (leg. - τρέψειν): c. acc. et inf., , cf. Hdt.2.63: abs., κἂν μὲν μὴ φῇ if he says no, Ar.Av. 555 (anap.); ἢ φάθι ἢ μὴ ἃ ἐρωτῶ answer me yes or no, Pl.Grg. 475e; so in answers, φημί or yes,Id.
Phdr. 270c, al., Grg. 500e; οὐκ ἔφη he said no, Id.Phd. 118a.— In this sense [dialect] Att. writers, besides [tense] pres., mostly use [tense] fut. φήσω and [tense] aor. ἔφησα, but in [tense] impf., inf., and part. [tense] pres., to avoid ambiguity, they prefer ἔφασκον, φάσκειν, φάσκων (v. φάσκω): φάναι is distd. fr. φάσκειν, e.g. ἔφη σπουδάζειν he said he was in haste, ἔφασκε σπουδάζειν he alleged he was in haste; but ἔφησθα is found in this sense, X.An.1.6.7.IV command, order,ἔφην τῷ Ὀρθοβούλῳ ἐξαλεῖψαί με Lys.16.13
(so ἔφασαν, v. l. for ἔφρασαν in X.Cyr.4.6.11). -
11 ὁράω
ὁράω, [var] contr. [full] ὁρῶ even in Il.3.234, [dialect] Ep. [full] ὁρόω 5.244, etc.; [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὄρημι (q. v.); [dialect] Ion. [full] ὁρέω Hdt.1.80, etc., [ per.] 2sg.Aὁρῇς Herod.2.67
, al., [ per.] 3sg.ὁρῇ Hp.Carn.17
, Vid.Ac.I; inf.ὁρῆν Democr.11
, Hp.Carn.2 (but [ per.] 2sg.ὁρᾷς Archil.87
, [ per.] 3sg.ὁρᾷ Semon.7.80
, cf.κατορᾷ Hdt.2.38
; [ per.] 1pl.ὁρῶμεν Id.5.40
; [ per.] 3pl. ὁρῶσι ([etym.] ἐπ-) Id.1.124; inf. ὁρᾶν ib.33, 2.64): the forms ὁρῇς, ὁρῇ, ὁρῆν (exc. when found in [dialect] Dor., as IG42(1).122.2, 15,47 (Epid., iv B. C.); [tense] impf. [ per.] 3sg. ἑώρη ib.28,70) seem to imply ὁρή-ω (cf. ὄρημι), but ὁρᾷ, ὁρῶμεν, ὁρῶσι, etc. imply ὁρᾰ-ω: [dialect] Att. [tense] impf.ἑώρων Th.1.51
, Ar.Pl. 713, Nu. 354, ([etym.] ἐ-) SIG344.110 (Teos, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.ὥρα Hdt.1.11
, 3.72, [ per.] 1pl. ὡρῶμεν (v.l. ὁρῶμεν) Id.2.131,[ per.] 2pl.ὡρᾶτε Id.7.8
.β', [ per.] 3pl.ὥρων Id.4.3
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.ὅρα Il.16.646
, cf. ὄρημι: [tense] pf. ἑόρᾱκα, a form required by the metre in many passages, as Ar.Th. 32, 33, Av. 1573, Pl.98, 1045, Eup.181.3, Alex.272.1, Men.Epit. 166, Pk. 270, Bato 5.11, etc., whereas the metre never requires ἑώρακα; whence ἑόρακα, -άκη ought always to be restored in early [dialect] Att. writers, though ἑώρακα was used in later Gr., PPetr.2p.55 (iii B. C.), SIG685.74 (ii B. C.), UPZ119.43 (ii B. C.), cf. Theognost.Can. 150 (ἑώρακε<ν> is prob. in Men.5 D.): ἑωρ- in the [tense] impf. prob. comes from ἠ- ϝορ- (with a long form of the augment, cf. ἠειδ- ([etym.] ᾐδ- ) in [tense] impf. of οἶδα, while ἑορ- in the [tense] pf. comes from ϝε-ϝορ-, v. infr.: [dialect] Ion. [tense] pf.ὁρώρηκα Herod.4.77
, al., also ὥρηκα ib.40 ; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf. part.ὡρακυῖα IG42(1).122.6
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ὥρακα Baillet Inscr. destombeaux des rois 1210: an [tense] aor. 1 ἐσορήσαις only f.l. in Orph.Fr.247.16:—[voice] Med. ὁράομαι, [var] contr. ὁρῶμαι even in Il.13.99 ; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.ὅρηαι Od.14.343
(v. ὄρημι): [tense] impf. ἑωρώμην, also ὡρώμην ([etym.] προ-) Act.Ap.2.25, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.ὁρᾶτο Il.1.56
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.ἑώραμαι Isoc.15.110
, D.54.16 : [tense] aor. ἑωράθην only in late Prose, D.S.20.6 ; inf. , Pl.Def. 411b, Luc.Jud.Voc. 6, etc.: [tense] fut.ὁραθήσομαι Gal.UP10.12
: verb. Adj. ὁρᾱτός, ὁρᾱτέον (qq. v.).—Hom. uses [var] contr. forms, as ὁρῶ, ὁρᾷς, ὁρᾷ, ὅρα, ὁρᾶν, ὁρῶν, ὁρῶμαι, ὁρᾶται, ὁρᾶσθαι, ὁρώμενος, as well as lengthd. [dialect] Ep. ὁρόω, ὁράᾳς, ὁράασθαι, ὁρόων, [ per.] 2pl. opt.ὁρόῳτε Il.4.347
, etc. ; besides these forms from ὁρα- ([etym.] ὁρη- ) we haveII from root ὀπ- (v. ὄψ ) the only [tense] fut. in use, ὄψομαι, always in act. sense, Il.24.704, and [dialect] Att., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.ὄψεαι 8.471
, Od.24.511: a rare [tense] aor. 1 ἐπ-όψατο in Pi.Fr.88.6 (for ἐπιώψατο, v. ἐπιόψομαι); subj.ὄψησθε Ev.Luc.13.28
(where the v.l. ὄψεσθε may be right): [tense] pf.ὄπωπα Il.6.124
, Od.21.94, Emp.109, Hdt. 3.37,63, Hp.Art.1, Carn.17; Trag. and Com., as A.Eu.57, S.Ant.6, al., Ar.Lys. 1157, 1225, never in [dialect] Att. Prose: [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3sg.ὀπώπει Od.21.123
,ὀπώπεε Hdt.5.92
.ζ';ὀπώπεσαν Id.7.125
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor. 1 ὤφθην S.Ant. 709, E.Hec. 970, Th.4.73, etc. ; opt. ([dialect] Ion.)ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
; part. ὀφθείς, inf. ὀφθῆναι, Id.1.9,10 (for ἐπι-οφθέντας, v. ἐπιόψομαι): [tense] fut. , E.HF 1155, And.2.10, Lys.3.34 : [tense] pf. ,ὦψαι D.18.263
, , D.24.66; cf. ὀπτέον.III from ϝιδ- are formed [tense] aor. [voice] Act. εἶδον, inf. ἰδεῖν : [tense] aor. [voice] Med. εἰδόμην, inf. ἰδέσθαι : [tense] pf. with [tense] pres. sense οἶδα I know, inf. εἰδέναι : verb. Adj. ἰστέος (for these tenses, v. Εἴδω). ( ὁρ- prob. from ϝορ-, as indicated by the [tense] impf. and [tense] pf. forms ; cf. βῶροι (i.e. ϝῶροι), Engl. (a)ware.)0-0Senses:I abs., see, look, freq. in Hom.; εἴς τι or εἴς τινα to or at a thing or person, Il.24.633, Od.20.373, al., E.Fr. 607 ;εἰς τὸν πράττοντα Arist.Po. 1460a14
:—[voice] Med., Od.5.439, Hes.Op. 534, Fr. 188 ; but ἔς τινα ὁρᾶν to be of so-and-so's party, Philostr.VS1.18 ; εἰς τὴν Ἀττάλου καθαίρεσιν εἶδεν aimed at.., Zos.6.12 ; forκατ' αὐτοὺς αἰὲν ὅρα Il.16.646
,Τροίην κατὰ πᾶσαν ὁρᾶται 24.291
, cf.καθοράω 11
; ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον looking over the sea, 1.350 ; ὁρᾶν πρός τι look towards,ἀκρωτήριον τὸ πρὸς Μέγαρα ὁρῶν Th.2.93
, cf. AP7.496 (Simon., cj.) ; πρὸς πλοῦν ὁρᾷ looks to sail (i.e. is ready), E.IA[1624];ὁ. ἐπὶ τὴν προδοσίαν D.S.36.3
;πρὸς σπονδάς Id.33.1
.2 have sight, opp. μὴ ὁρᾶν, to be blind, S.Aj.84 ; ὅσ' ἂν λέγωμεν, πάνθ' ὁρῶντα λέξομεν [though I am blind,] my words shall have eyes, i.e. shall be to the purpose, Id.OC74 ; ἐν σκότῳ.. οὓς μὲν οὐκ ἔδει ὀψοίαθ', i.e. should be blind, Id.OT 1274; ἀμβλύτερον ὁ., opp. ὀξύτερον βλέπειν, Pl.R. 596a ; ἐπὶ σμικρὸν ὁ. to be short-sighted, Id.Tht. 174e;ὁ. βραχύ τι Id.R. 488b
.3 see to, look to, i.e. take or give heed, Il.10.239 ; ὁ. εἰς γλῶσσαν.. ἀνδρός look to, pay heed to, Sol.11.7, cf. A.Supp. 104 (lyr.): freq. in imper., like βλέπε, folld. by a dependent clause,ὅρα ὅπως.. Ar.Ec. 300
, cf.Th.5.27; ὅρα εἰ.. see whether.., A.Pr. 997, Pl.Phd. 118, etc.; alsoὅρα μὴ.. S.Ph. 30
, 519, etc.; ὅρα τί ποιεῖς ib. 589 ;πῶς.. ὑπερδικεῖς, ὅρα A.Eu. 652
.4 ὁρᾷς; ὁρᾶτε; see'st thou? d'ye see? parenthetically, esp. in explanations, Ar.Nu. 355, Th. 490, etc.; , Tr. 365 ; also ὁρᾷς; at the beginning of a sentence, Id.El. 628, E.Andr.87 ; ἀλλ'—ὁρᾷς; but, do you see.. ?, Pl.Prt. 336b;ὁρᾷς οὖν.. ὅτι Id.Grg. 475e
; οὐχ ὁρᾷς; ironically, D.18.232.5 c. acc. cogn., like βλέπω 11, look so and so,δεινὸν ὁρῶν ὄσσοισι Hes.Sc. 426
;ὁρᾶν ἀλκάν Pi.O.9.111
;ἔαρ ὁρόωσα Νύχεια Theoc.13.45
; also ἡδέως ὁρᾶν look pleasant, E.IA 1122: c. acc.,κακῶς ὁρᾶν τινα Philostr.VA7.42
.II trans., see an object, behold, perceive, observe, c. acc., freq. in Hom., etc.: [tense] pf. ὄπωπα exclusively in this sense, Il.2.799, Od.21.94, etc. ; ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρᾶν to see with or before the eyes, Il.24.392, Od.8.459, etc. ; αἰεὶ τέρμ' ὁρόων always keeping it in sight, keeping his eye on it, Il.23.323 ; φίλως χ' ὁρόῳτε καὶ εἰ δέκα πύργοι Ἀχαιῶν.. μαχοίατο, i.e. δέκα πύργους, εἰ μαχοίατο, 4.347 ; ὁ. τινά look to (for aid), D.45.64 : in signfs. 1 and 11 combined, οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὁρῶν τάδε; A.Ag. 1623, cf. D.25.89.b ζώει καὶ ὁρᾷ φάος ἠελίοιο, poet. for ζῆν, like βλέπειν, Il.18.61, Od.4.833, etc.; so , E.Or. 1523, Alc. 691:— in [voice] Med.,φέγγος ὁρᾶσθαι Id.Andr. 113
(eleg.); so ὁρᾶν alone,τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος Id.Supp.78
(lyr.).c folld. by a clause, οὐχ ὁράᾳς οἷος.. ; Il.21.108 ; ὁρᾷς ἡμᾶς, ὅσοι ἐσμέν; Pl.R. 327c ; οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι ἥμαρτες; A.Pr. 261, cf. 325, 951 ; Διὸς.. οὐχ ὁρῶ μῆτιν ὅπᾳ φύγοιμ' ἄν ib. 906 (lyr.); ἴδεσθέ μ' οἷα.. πάσχω ib.92.d c. part., καπνὸν.. ὁρῶμεν ἀπὸ χθονὸς ἀΐσσοντα we see it rising, Od.10.99; ὁρῶν ἐμαυτὸν ὧδε προυσελούμενον seeing myself thus insulted, A.Pr. 438, cf. 70, 384, al.; ὁρῶ σε κρύπτοντα.. see you hiding.., E.Hec. 342 ; so ὁρῶ μ' ἔργον ἐξειργασμένην I see that I have done, S.Tr. 706 ; cf. infr. 4b ; rarely in reference to the subject, ὁρῶ μὲν ἐξαμαρτάνων (= ὅτι ἐξαμαρτάνω) E.Med. 350:—so in [voice] Med.,ἄνδρα διωκόμενον.. ὁρῶμαι Il.22.169
, cf. A.Pr. 896 (lyr.): also c. inf.,ἑώρων οὐκέτι οἷόν τε εἶναι.. Th.8.60
.e rarely c. gen., οὐδεὶς Σωκράτους οὐδὲν ἀσεβὲς.. οὔτε πράττοντος εἶδεν οὔτε λέγοντος ἤκουσεν (where the Constr. is suggested by the use of ἤκουσεν) X.Mem.1.1.11 ;μέχρι βορῆος ἀπαστράψαντος ἴδηαι Arat. 430
.2 see to,ἴδε πῶμα Od.8.443
; look out for, provide, (anap.), Theoc.15.2 ;πρόβατον εἰς ὁλοκάρπωσιν LXX Ge.22.8
.3 the inf. is used after an Adj.,δεινὸς ἰδεῖν Sol.13.6
;εὐφεγγὴς ἰδεῖν A. Pers. 387
, cf. 398, Ch. 174, 176, al. (cf.Εἴδω A.1.1
a) ; ἐχθίστου.. ὁρᾶν most hateful to behold, S.Aj. 818 ;ὦ πάτερ δύσμοιρ' ὁρᾶν Id.OC 327
;ὁρᾶν στυγνὸς ἦν X.An.2.6.9
:—[voice] Med. or [voice] Pass.,αἰσχρὸς ὁρᾶσθαι Id.Cyn. 3.3
: with an Adv.,μὴ διχορρόπως ἰδεῖν A.Ag. 349
: with a Subst.,ἄνδρα τευχηστὴν ἰδεῖν Id.Th. 644
: with a Verb,πρέπουσι.. ἰδεῖν Id.Supp. 720
, cf. S.OT 792.4 [voice] Med. is used by Poets like [voice] Act., Il.13.99, A.Pers. 179, Ch. 407 (lyr.), S.Ant. 594 (lyr.), Tr. 306, Cratin.138, etc., v. supr. 11.1 b, c: but in Prose [voice] Med. occurs only in compds., as προ-ορῶμαι: for the imper. ἰδοῦ, ἰδού, v. ἰδοῦ.b no [voice] Pass. is used by Hom.; in [dialect] Att. the [voice] Pass. has the sense to be seen, A.Pr. 998,Eu. 411, etc.: c. part., ὤφθημεν ὄντες ἄθλιοι was seen in my wretchedness, E. IT 933 ; he will prove to be..,Pl.
Phdr. 239c, cf. Smp. 178e; τὰ ὁρώμενα all that is seen, things visible, like τὰ ὁρατά, Id.Prm. 130a.III metaph., of mental sight, discern, perceive, S.El. 945, etc.; so blind Oedipus says, φωνῇ γὰρ ὁρῶ, τὸ φατιζόμενον I see by sound, as the saying is, Id.OC 138 (anap.);ἂν οἴνου.. ὀσμὴν ἴδωσιν Alex.222.4
; cf. supr. 1.4,δέρκομαι 1.2
.IV abs., see visions,ὁ ἀληθινῶς ὁρῶν LXX Nu.24.3
,15 :—[voice] Pass., appear in a vision, ὤφθη ἄγγελος πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα ib.Jd.13.3.V interview, ἐμνήσθης μοι ἰδεῖν τὸν κεραμέα περὶ τῶν κεραμίων you told me to see the potter about the jars, PCair.Zen. 264 (iii B.C.). -
12 χαίρω
A : [tense] impf., [dialect] Ep.χαῖρον Il.14.156
, [dialect] Ion.χαίρεσκον 18.259
: [tense] fut.χαιρήσω 20.363
, Hdt. 1.128, Ar.Pl.64, And.1.101, Arr.An.5.20.6; [dialect] Ep. redupl. inf.κεχᾰρησέμεν Il.15.98
; later χᾰρῶ v.l. in Apoc. 11.10: [tense] aor.ἐχαίρησα Plu. Luc.25
: [tense] pf. , part.- ηκώς Hdt.3.42
, etc., [dialect] Ep. acc. κεχᾰρηότα, pl. -ότας, Il.7.312, Hes.Fr.77:—[voice] Med. (in same sense), χαίρομαι, noted as a barbarism in Ar. Pax 291 (v. Sch.), but found in BCH36.622 (Perinthus, written χέρ-), Alex.Aphr.Pr.1.20, al.: [tense] fut. χᾰρήσομαι Ps.-Luc.Philopatr.24, ([etym.] συγ-) Plb.30.18.1, D.S. 31.15; [dialect] Dor.χαρησοῦμαι Pythag.Ep.3.7
; χᾰροῦμαι LXXZa.4.10, ([etym.] κατα-) ib.Pr.1.26; [dialect] Ep.κεχᾰρήσομαι Od.23.266
: [tense] aor. 1 part. (ii A. D.): [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor.1χήρατο Il.14.270
;ἐχ- Opp.C.1.509
, etc.; part.χηράμενος AP7.198
(Leon.): [dialect] Ep. redupl. [tense] aor. 2, [ per.] 3pl.κεχάροντο Il.16.600
(χάροντο Q.S.6.315
); opt. [ per.] 3sg. and pl. κεχάροιτο, -οίατο, Od.2.249, Il.1.256:—[voice] Pass. (in same sense), [tense] aor. 2 ἐχάρην [pron. full] [ᾰ] 7.54, etc., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.χάρη 5.682
, 13.609; subj. ; opt.χᾰρείη Il.6.481
; inf.χᾰρῆναι Simon.164
; part.χᾰρείς Il.10.541
, Sapph.118, Pi.I.6(5).10, Ar.Th. 981 (lyr.), etc.; [tense] pf.κεχάρημαι h.Bacch.7.10
, E.IA 200 (lyr.), Ar.V. 389 (anap.); part.κεχαρμένος E.Or. 1122
, Tr. 529 (lyr.), Cyc. 367 (lyr.): [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3sg. and pl. κεχάρητο, -ηντο, Hes.Sc.65, h.Cer. 458:—rejoice, be glad, Il.3.111, 21.347, etc.;γραῦς ἥδε οἰνοφόρος κεχαρημένη ὧδε κάθηται IG12(8).679
(Scyros, ii B. C.):χ. θυμῷ Il.7.191
, al.;ἐν θυμῷ 24.491
, Od.22.411;φρεσὶν ᾗσι Il.13.609
;φρένα 6.481
; χ. νόῳ to rejoice in wardly, Od. 8.78;χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ Il.23.647
;αὐτὰρ ἐμὸν κῆρ χ. Od.4.260
;χ. καὶ γελᾶν S.El. 1300
; ; opp. λυπεῖσθαι, A.Fr.266.3, S.Aj. 555, etc.; opp. ἀλγεῖν, Id.Tr. 1119. —Constr.,1 c. dat. rei, rejoice at, take pleasure in a thing,νίκῃ Il.7.312
;φήμῃ Od.2.35
; ;μόλπᾳ Sapph.Supp. 25.5
, cf. S.OT 1070, Pl.Mx. 238d, etc.: c. dat. pers.,χαῖρε.. ἀνδρὶ δικαίῳ Od.3.52
; with a part. added,χάρη δ' ἄρα οἱ προσιόντι Il.5.682
, cf. 24.706, Od.19.463: with Preps.,χαίρειν ἐπί τινι S.Fr. 926
, X. Mem.2.6.35, Cyr.8.4.12, Isoc.2.30, Pl.Lg. 739d, etc.;πρὸς τοῖς παιδικοῖς Eup.327
; with a part. added,ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοις κακοῖσι χ. E.Ba. 1040
, cf. 1033: rarely (lyr.), S.Tr. 1119: also c. dat. modi, χ. γέλωτι express one's joy by laughter, X.Cyr.8.1.33.b of a plant,χαίρει ὑφάμμοις χωρίοις Thphr.HP6.5.2
; alsoἡ κύστις χ. τῇ χολῇ Gal.19.646
.2 rarely c. acc., with a part. added,χαίρω δέ σ' εὐτυχοῦντα E.Rh. 390
;τοὺς γὰρ εὐσεβεῖς θεοὶ θνῄσκοντας οὐ χ. Id.Hipp. 1340
; χαίρω σ' <ἐλθόντα> Id.Fr. 673 (this usage is said to be Oropian, EM808.4).b with a neut. Adj., : c. acc. cogn.,ἁπλῆν χαίρειν ἡδονήν Arist.EN 1154b26
;χ. ἀνδραπόδων τινὰ χαράν Plu.2.1091e
.3 c. part., χαίρω.. τὸν μῦθον ἀκούσας I rejoice at having heard, am glad to hear, Il.19.185, cf. 7.54, 11.73;χαίρουσιν βίοτον νήποινον ἔδοντες Od.14.377
, cf. 12.380, Hes.Op.55;χαίρω.. κόμπον ἱείς Pi.N.8.49
;χαίρεις ὁρῶν φῶς, πατέρα δ' οὐ χαίρειν δοκεῖς; E.Alc. 691
;χαίρω φειδόμενος Ar.Pl. 247
;θωπευόμενος χαίρεις Id.Eq. 1116
(lyr.), cf. Pl.Smp. 191e, etc.b c. part. [tense] pres., delight in doing, to be wont to do,χρεώμενοι χαίρουσι Hdt.7.236
, cf. S.Ph. 449, Ar.V. 764, Pl.Prt. 318d, 346c, 358a.4 χαίρειν ὅττι or ὅτι .., Od.14.51, 526, Pi.N.5.46; ἐχάρην καὶ ἐθρασυνάμην ὅτι ἔμαθον .. Metrod.Fr.42; χ. οὕνεκα .. Od.8.200.II with negat., esp. with [tense] fut., οὐ χαιρήσεις thou wilt or shalt not rejoice, i.e. thou shalt not go unpunished, shalt repent it, Ar.Pl.64;οὐ χαιρήσετον Id.Eq. 235
; soοὐδέ τιν' οἴω Τρώων χαιρήσειν Il.20.363
, cf.15.98, Od.2.249, Ar.V. 186; ἀλλ' οὐδ' ὣς Κῦρόςγε χαιρήσει Hdt.1.128
; with an interrog.,σὺ.. χαιρήσειν νομίζεις; Plu.Alex.51
: rarely with other tenses,ὅπως ἂν μὴ χαίρωσιν. D.19.299
;οὐκ ἐχαίρησεν Plu.Luc.25
: for a similar use of the part., v. infr. IV. 2.1 at meeting, hail, welcome (esp. in the morning, acc. to D.C.69.18, cf. Luc.Laps.), Il.9.197, Od.13.229, etc.;χαῖρε, ξεῖνε, παρ' ἄμμι φιλήσεαι 1.123
; strengthd.,οὖλέ τε, καὶ μάλα χαῖρε, θεοὶ δέ τοι ὄλβια δοῖεν 24.402
;χαῖρέ μοι Il.23.19
, cf. S.OC 1137; repeated, A.Eu. 996, 1014 (both lyr.), S.Aj.91, etc.;χαῖρ' ὡς μέγιστα, χαῖρε Id.Ph. 462
; in greeting one's native land, the sun, etc., A.Ag. 508,22, S.Ph. 1453 (anap.).b sts. implied in the use of χαίρω, κῆρυξ Ἀχαιῶν, χαῖρε .. Answ. χαίρω I accept the greeting, A.Ag. 538; νῦν πᾶσι χαίρω, νῦν με πᾶς ἀσπάζεται I hear the word χαῖρε from all, S.OT 596: so in inf., τὸ χαίρειν dub. l. in Pl.Chrm. 164e; χαίρειν δὲ τὸν κήρυκα προὐννέπω I bid him welcome, S.Tr. 227;προσειπών τινα χ. οὐκ ἀντιπροσερρήθη X.Mem.3.13.1
; but χαίρειν τἄλλ' ἐγώ σ' ἐφίεμαι I bid thee have thy pleasure, S.Aj. 112.c inf. alone at the beginning of letters, Κῦρος Κυαζάρῃ χαίρειν (sc. λέγει) X.Cyr.4.5.27, cf. Theoc.14.1; used by Alexander the Great to Phocion as a mark of respect, Duris 51J.2 at leavetaking, fare-thee-well, Od.5.205, 13.59, 15.151;χαῖρε πόλλ' ὦδελφέ Ar.Ra. 164
; pl.,χαίρετε πολλάκι Theoc.1.144
; freq. put into the mouth of the dying, S.Aj. 863, Tr. 921, Pl.Phd. 116d, etc.: hence in sepulchral inscriptions, IG7.203, etc.b hence, imper. χαιρέτω, χαιρόντων, have done with.., away with..,εἴτ' ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος εἴτ' ἐστὶ δαίμων, χαιρέτω Hdt.4.96
;χαιρέτω βουλεύματα τὰ πρόσθεν E. Med. 1044
,χαιρόντων πόνοι Id.HF 575
; cf. Pl.Smp. 199a, Lg. 636d, 886d.c ἐᾶν χαίρειν τινά or τι dismiss from one's mind, put away, renounce, Hdt.6.23, 9.41, Ar.Pl. 1187, Pl.Phd. 63e, Prt. 348a, X.An.7.3.23, etc.;συχνὰ χ. ἐᾶν τινα Pl.Phlb. 59b
;ἐλευθερίαν μακρὰ χ. ἐᾶν Luc.Apol.3
;μακρὰ χ. εἰποῦσα Ael.VH12.1
; ;τὴν Κύπριν πόλλ' ἐγὼ χαίρειν λέγω E.Hipp. 113
, cf. 1059, Pl.Tht. 188a;χ. κελεύων πολλὰ τοὺς Ἀχαρνέας Ar.Ach. 200
;εἰπεῖν χαίρειν τινά Ath.Mitt.56.131
(Milet., Hellenistic), cf. Luc.Dem.Enc.50;χαίρειν προσαγορεύειν Ar.Pl. 322
(metaph. in Pl.Lg. 771a);χαίρειν προσειπεῖν Eup.308
: less freq. c. dat. pers. (never with ἐᾶν χ.), πολλὰ χαίρειν ξυμφοραῖς καταξιῶ A.Ag. 572
(nisi leg. ξυμφοράς); φράσαι.. χαίρειν Ἀθηναίοισι Ar.Nu. 609
(troch.);πολλὰ εἰπόντα χ. τῷ ἀληθεῖ Pl.Phdr. 272e
, cf. Phd. 64c, R. 406d, X.HG4.1.31 (codd., fort. ἀλλήλους), Jul.ad Them.255a.3 on other occasions, as in comforting, be of good cheer, Od.8.408; at meals, 4.60, 18.122; χαῖρε, γύναι, φιλότητι good luck be on our union, 11.248;εὐχωλῇς χαίρετε 13.358
:χαῖρε ἀοιδῇ h.Hom.9.7
.IV part. glad, joyful,Il.
1.446, etc.; ;χαίροντι φέρειν.. χαίρων 17.83
; λυπούμενοι καὶ χαίροντες in sorrow and in joy, Arist.Rh. 1356a16: also [tense] pf. part.κεχαρηκώς Hdt.3.27
,42, etc.2 joined with another Verb, safe and sound, with impunity, χαίροντα ἀπαλλάσσειν ib.69, cf. 9.106, D.24.153; more freq. with a neg., οὐ χαίρων to one's cost,οὐ χαίροντες γέλωτα ἐμὲ θήσεσθε Hdt.3.29
;οὔ τι χαίρων.. ἐρεῖς S. OT 363
, cf. Ant. 759, Ph. 1299, E.Med. 398, Ar.Ach. 563, Pl.Grg. 510d;οὐ γὰπ.. χαίρων τις.. τοὐμὸν ἀλγυνεῖ κέαρ Eup.90
;οὔτε χαίροντες ἂν ἀπαλλάζαιτε X.An.5.6.32
; alsoοὔτι χαιρήσων γε σύ Ar.V. 186
; cf. supr. 11.3 in the same sense as imper. (supr. 111), σὺ δέ μοι χαίρων ἀφίκοιο fare-thee-well, and may'st thou arrive, Od.15.128, cf. Theoc.2.163; χαίροισ' ἔρχεο go thy way rejoicing, Sapph.Supp.23.7; ἀλλ' ἑρπέτω χαίρουσα let her go with a benison, S.Tr. 819; χαίρων ἴθι fare-thee-well, E.Alc. 813, Ph. 921;χαίρουσα.. στεῖχε Id.Hipp. 1440
.4τὸ χαῖρον τῆς ψυχῆς Plu.2.136c
, 1089e. -
13 οἴομαι
Aοἴομαι Od.10.193
,οἴοιτο 17.580
, 22.12), v. infr.:—the shortd. form [full] οἶμαι is the one chiefly used in Trag., οἴομαι only in A.Ch. 758, S.OC28 ; but οἴομαι is freq. in Ar. (Eq. 407, al.) ; Hdt. does not use either form ; in [dialect] Att. Prose codd. vary, but οἶμαι prevails, and was exclusively used in parenthesis (v. infr. IV): [tense] impf. , Ar.V. 791, etc. ; also 1 pers. , etc.: [tense] fut.οἰήσομαι Lys.30.8
, Pl.R. 397a, etc., laterοἰηθήσομαι Gal.Opt.Doctr.42
:—[dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. [full] ὠϊσάμην (v. infr.): [tense] aor.ὠΐσθην Od.4.453
, 16.475 ; part.ὀϊσθείς Il.9.453
; [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. [tense] aor.ᾠήθην Hp.VM14
, Antipho 1.8, Th.4.130, Pl.Tht. 178c, etc. ; but rare in Com. and Trag., , οἰηθείς, -εῖσα, Antiph.194.2, E. IA 986 ; also [tense] aor. inf.οἰήσασθαι Arat.896
:—[voice] Act., [dialect] Ep. [tense] pres. [full] ὀΐω and [full] οἴω, but only in [ per.] 1sg. (v. infr.) ; [dialect] Lacon.οἰῶ Ar.Lys.81
, 156, 998, Epil. 3. [In the un[var] contr. forms, Hom. uses [pron. full] ῑ inὀΐομαι Il.5.644
,ὀΐεαι 1.561
, Od.10.380,ὀΐεται 17.586
,ὀϊόμεθ' 21.322
,22.165,ὀϊόμενος Il.15.728
, Od. 2.351, al. (οἰόμενος Call.Epigr.8.2
),ὠΐετο Od.10.248
,ὀΐσατο 1.323
,9.213,19.390,ὀϊσάμενος 15.443
(but the v.l. ὀϊσσατο, ὀϊσσάμενος in Hom. can be supported byὀϊσσάμενος A.R.2.1135
, cf. Epic.Alex.Adesp.2.41, Arat.1006, by ὑποίζεσθαι (: ὑπονοεῖν) Hsch., and byὠῐσάμην A.R. 1.291
, ὠΐσατο [pron. full] [ῐ] Mosch.2.8, etc.) ; [voice] Act. [tense] pres. ὀΐω has [pron. full] ῑ when it stands at the end of a line, also in Od.19.215 (in fourth foot), 18.259 (before caesura in third foot) ; but [pron. full] ῐ in Il.1.558, 13.153,23.467, etc. ; οἴω as disyll. is always at the end, exc. in 15.298, 21.533, 23.310.]:—forebode, presage, c. acc.,κῆρας ὀϊομένῳ Il.13.283
;γόον δ' ὠΐετο θυμός Od. 10.248
; expect,ἐελδομένοισι μάλ' ἡμῖν, οὐδ' ἔτ' ὀϊομένοισι 24.401
; suspect,ἤ τι ὀϊσάμενος, ἢ καὶ θεὸς ὣς ἐκέλευσεν 9.339
;ἦ τινά που δόλον ἄλλον ὀΐεαι 10.380
; fear,κατὰ θυμὸν ὀΐσατο, μή ἑ λαβοῦσα οὐλὴν ἀμφράσσαιτο 19.390
;τῷ ἑπόμην.., ὀϊόμενός περ, ἀνάγκῃ 14.298
: abs., αἰεὶ μὲν ὀΐεαι, οὐδέ σε λήθω thou art ever suspecting, Il.1.561 ; , cf. Od.15.443 : folld. by ὡς, καὐτὸς ὀΐεαι ὥς κεν ἐτύχθη you can guess how it would have happened, 3.255, cf. 17.586 : c. acc. et [tense] fut. inf.,ὀΐομαι ἄνδρα χολωσέμεν Il.1.78
; ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω ib. 289, cf. 5.252, 284, al. ;τὸ καὶ τελέεσθαι ὀΐω 1.204
;ἀλλ' οὐ νῦν ἐρύεσθαι ὀΐομαι 20.195
: c. acc. et [tense] pres. inf., referring to present time,οὐδέ τι θυμῷ ὠΐσθη δόλον εἶναι Od.4.453
, cf. 10.232 ;ὀΐσατο γὰρ θεὸν εἶναι 1.323
; : c. acc. et [tense] aor. inf., referring to past time,τῇ δ' ὀΐω κατανεῦσαι 1.558
, cf. Od.3.27, al.: the subj. of the inf. must freq. be supplied from the context, διωκέμεναι γὰρ ὀΐω I fear [they] are pursuing me, 15.278, cf. 1.201, 12.212, Il.12.66,al.: c. inf. alone, when both Verbs have the same subject, as κιχήσεσθαι δέ δ' ὀΐω I think I shall catch you, 6.341 ; mean, intend, c. [tense] fut. inf., , cf. 170, Od.19.215 : c. [tense] pres. inf.,οὐ γὰρ ὀΐω ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ἑκὰς ἱστάμενος πολεμίζειν Il.13.262
.II impersonal, only Od.19.312, ἀλλά μοι ὧδ' ἀνὰ θυμὸν ὀΐεται there comes a boding into my heart.III think, suppose, believe, freq. in Hom., as Il.1.59,5.644, etc. ; ; οἶμαι γάρ νιν ἱκετεύσειν ( ἱκετεῦσαι codd.) E.IA 462 ; κτήσεσθαι (- σασθαι codd.) Lys.12.19 ; διαπράξεσθαι (- ξασθαι codd.) Id.13.53 ; ; opp. εἰδέναι, Pl.R. 506c4 ;οἴονται, ἴσασι δ' οὐδέν Arist.Rh. 1389b17
, cf.APo. 75a15 : folld. by ὅτι.., Plu.2.90b:—[voice] Pass., that he is the putative father, 784a (Tenos, iv B. C.).IV parenthetically, mostly in first person, ἐν πρώτοισιν, ὀΐω, κείσεται among the first, I ween, will he be lying, Il.8.536 ;ἔπειτά γ', ὀΐω, γνώσεαι Od.16.309
, cf. Il.13.153, Od.2.255, etc.: in Hom. only in act. form ὀΐω, exc.ὀΐομαι Od.22.140
, and perh. 14.363, cf. A.Ch. 758 ; in [dialect] Att. this parenthetic use is prob. confined to the shorter form οἶμαι, [tense] impf. ᾤμην ; rarely in other persons than the first, as οὐκ οἴει ἀναγκασθήσεται; Pl.R. 486c, cf. Tht. 147b ; πόσης οἴεσθε γέμει σωφροσύνης; Id.Smp. 216d.2 expressive of modesty or courtesy, to avoid over-great bluntness of assertion, Id.Grg. 483c, X.Cyr.1.3.11, etc.: even between a Prep. and its case, ;ἐν οἶμαι πολλοῖς D.20.3
; or between Art. and Subst.,οἱ γὰρ οἶμαι βέλτιστοι Id.54.38
.V answering a question, I think so, I should think so, Ar.Ach. 919, etc. ;νὴ τὸν Ἡρακλέα, οἶμαί γε Id.Th.27
;οἶμαι ἔγωγε Pl.Cri. 47d
, etc. ; οἴεσθαί γε χρή one must think so, it would seem so, Id.Prt. 325c, Cri. 53d, Phd. 68b, Grg. 522a.VI [dialect] Att. phrases:1 πῶς οἴει; you can't think how, to add force, like πῶς δοκεῖς ; .2 οἴομαι δεῖν I think it my duty, think fit, hence sts., intend, purpose, λέγειν οἴεται δεῖν ποιεῖν δεινούς his object is to train orators, Pl.Men. 95c, cf. 86b, Tht. 207e ; ; , cf. Pl.Prt. 316c, X.An.2.6.26, Mem.4.6.3,6 ; [ ὁ ἀκόλαστος] οἰόμενος δεῖν [ διώκει τὰ ἡδέα] intentionally, Arist.EN 1152a6, cf. 1136b8, Pl.Hipparch. 225b ; but οἴομαι δὲ δεῖν οὐδέν methinks there is no need, S.OC28 ; and in Pl.Alc.2.144d ἆρ' οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον.. οἰηθῆναι δεῖν.. ἡμᾶς εἰδέναι ἢ τῷ ὄντι εἰδέναι; must we not either think we know or really know? ( δεῖν being superfluous). -
14 οὐ
οὐ, the negative ofA fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.A USAGE.I as the negative of single words,II as the negative of the sentence.I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g.εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained,εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
;εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
;ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή)φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles:οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives:οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.;οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs:οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.II as negativing the whole sentence,1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. withoutμά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.2 with ind. of statement,τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495;οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ;οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
;οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., ; , cf. 11.387.4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., , 20.286.5 with opt. andἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing,ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. andἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; , cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq.,ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning,χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
;ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
;διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
;μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.;νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
;ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; , etc.: in causal relative sentences,οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as , cf. Hec. 298;οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. withἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411;οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
;οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic.,εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion,μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
;κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so alsoδεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
;Id.
15.23, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged,εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
;E.
Ion 347.8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta,φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.;λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18;οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses,οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.;αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, ; . 3; , etc.; or into a causal sentence,τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
;τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, , cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., , etc.;ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; , cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found,ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
;τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
;οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
;τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; , cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43;τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v.μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used,τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
;τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; (whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137;ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
;ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article,ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
;A.
Pr. 956: so as a strong form of imper., ;E.
Ion 524; ;Din.
1.18; ;Ar.
Ach. 484; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives,οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; ;οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free,κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79;χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause,καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
;ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end,βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
;οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
;ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; soτὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. withὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.;Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause afterμέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b;κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., ;ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; : the first neg. may be a compd.,καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; (similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ; οὐ follows the compd. neg.,οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν )ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis,οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
;οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; : so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587;θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; (but prob. f.l.);οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force,ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
;ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g.οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, , cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.;οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; ;ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49;ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d;ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence,ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, ;σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
;ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as inἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., , etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, .—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess.,οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf.οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse,ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
;ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B), ;A.
Ag. 273,Fr. 310; ;Id.
Supp. 918, Ar. Pax 1027;ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared. -
15 πλείων
πλείων, [full] πλέων, ὁ, ἡ, neut. πλεῖον, πλέον, πλεῖν, [comp] Comp. of πολύς (on the forms v. sub fin.),A more, of number, size, extent, etc.,οἱ δὲ μάχονται παυρότεροι πλεόνεσσι Il.13.739
;πλείων μὲν πλεόνων μελέτη Hes. Op. 380
; ἐς πλείονας οἰκεῖν govern for the interest of the majority, Th. 2.37; πλέον' ἔλπομαι λόγον Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν greater than.., Pi.N.7.21; τὸν πλείω λόγον all further speech, S.Tr. 731;ὁ ὄχλος πλείων καὶ πλείων ἐπέρρει X.Cyr.7.5.39
; πλείω τὸν πλοῦν.. ποιησάμενοι having made the voyage longer, Th.8.39; ὁ π. βίος a longer life, Pl.Ti. 75c;μακροτέρα καὶ π. ὁδός Id.R. 435d
, etc.; of Time, longer,π. χρόνος Hdt. 9.111
, S.Ant.74;πλέων νὺξ τῶν δύο μοιράων Il.10.252
.2 with Art., οἱ πλέονες the greater number, the mass or crowd, 5.673, Od.2.277;οἱ πλεῦνες Hdt.1.106
, etc.: c. gen., τὰς πλεῦνας τῶν γυναικῶν ib.1; the people, opp. the chief men, Id.7.149, Th.8.73, 89, etc.; euphem. of the dead,ἀνεστηκυῖα παρὰ τῶν πλειόνων Ar.Ec. 1073
;εὖτ' ἂν ἵκηαι ἐς πλεόνων AP11.42
(Crin.); ἐς πλεόνων μετοικεσίην ib. 7.731 (Leon.); τὸ πλεῖον πολέμοιο the greater part of.., Il.1.165; ὅστις τοῦ πλέονος μέρους χρῄζει, opp. τοῦ μετρίου, S.OC 1211 (lyr.);τοῦ πλέονος ἐλπίδι ὀρέγονται Th.4.17
, cf. 92.II pecul. usages of neut.:1 as a Noun, more,πλεῦν ἔτι τούτου Hdt.2.19
, etc.;εἴ τι ἐνορῶ πλέον Id.1.89
; τὸ δὲ π. nay, what is more, E.Supp. 158 (Musgr. for τί δὲ.. ); to a greater extent, Th.1.90, 7.57, etc.; πλέον or τὸ πλέον τινός a higher degree of a thing,τίς πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει; S.OT 1189
(lyr.);τὸ π. τοῦ χρόνου Th.1.118
, etc.; also τὸ π. ὃ ἀναφέρει the excess which he reports, PCair.Zen. 661 (iii B.C.); ᾧ πλεῖον the excess, prob. in PPetr.2p.42 (iii B.C.), cf. PCair.Zen.742.26 (iii B. C.); πλέον ἔχειν to have the advantage, have the best of it, like πλεονεκτέω, c. gen., Hdt.9.70, Pl.R. 343d, 349b, etc.;τὸ π. πάντων ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.3.18
: more fully,μοίρης πλεῖον ἔχειν Thgn.606
;π. τινὸς φέρεσθαι Hdt.8.29
;π. φέρεσθαι τῶν ἄλλων And.4.4
, etc.; π. ποιεῖν do some good, be successful, ; οὐδὲν π. ποιήσειν, -ῆσαι, And.1.149, 4.7, cf. Pl.Phd. 115c, etc.;παραινοῦσ' οὐδὲν ἐς π. ποιῶ S.OT 918
;οὐδὲν π. ὀψοφαγῶν ποιήσεις Ath.8.344b
;οὐδὲν εἴργασμαι π. E.Hipp. 284
;οὐδὲν π. πρᾶξαι Id.IA 1373
, And.4.20, etc.; οὐδὲν ἐπίσταμαι π. have no superior knowledge, Pl.Tht. 161b; τί πλέον; what more, i.e. what good or use is it? Antipho 5.95, etc.;τί π. πλουτεῖν.. πάντων ἀποροῦντας; Ar.Pl. 531
;τί σοι π. λυπουμένῃ γένοιτ' ἄν; E.Hel. 322
;τί π. ἔστ' εἰς τέκνα πονεῖν; Supp.Epigr.1.567.1
(Karanis, iii B.C.), cf. AP7.261.1 (Diotim.); alsoοὐδὲν ἦν π. τοῖς πεπονθόσιν Lys.19.4
(= And.1.7), cf. D.35.31;ὧν οὐδέν μοι π. γέγονε Isoc.15.28
;οὐδέν γέ σοι π. ἔσται Pl.R. 341a
;τί τὸ π.; Epigr.Gr.306
a.3; ἐπὶ πλέον as Adv., more, further, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.6.54, Pl.Phdr. 261b, etc.: c. gen., beyond,ἐπὶ π. τῶν ἄλλων ἰσχύσας Th.1.9
(but,ἐπὶ τὸ π. ἵκεο μοίσας
to surpassing height in..,Theoc.
1.20); alsoὅταν τις ἐς π. πέσῃ τοῦ θέλοντος S.OC 1219
codd. (lyr.); περὶ πλείονος ποιεῖσθαι, v. περί A. IV.2 as Adv., more, rather, π. ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι τὴν Ἑλλάδα he inclined rather to the belief.., Hdt.8.100;οὐ τοῦτο δειμαίνεις π.; A.Pr.41
;σέ.. τῶνδ' ἐς πλέον σέβω S.OT 700
;ἢ π. ἢ ἔλαττον D.18.125
; π. ἔλαττον more or less, BGU402.9 (vi A. D.), IG14.177 ([place name] Syracuse); also τὸ π., [dialect] Ion. τὸ πλεῦν, for the most part, Th.1.81, etc.; αὐτῆς τὸ π. μέτοχός εἰμι have the larger share, Hdt.3.52; τὸ π., = μᾶλλον, οὐ χάριτι τὸ π. ἢ φόβῳ Th.1.9, cf. 2.37; ἐστὶν ὁ πόλεμος οὐχ ὅπλων τὸ π., ἀλλὰ δαπάνης not so much.., as.., Id.1.83.b with Numerals,τοξότας π. ἢ εἴκοσι μυριάδας X.Cyr.2.1.6
;οἶκος πλέον ἢ τεττάρων ταλάντων Is.10.23
; ἐν πλέον ἢ διακοσίοις ἔτεσι v.l. in D.24.141 (fort. πλεῖν, v. infr.);π. ἢ ἐν διπλασίῳ χρόνῳ X.Oec.21.3
:—in this sense a short form πλεῖν is used by [dialect] Att. writers (cf. Moer.p.294 P., but the rule is not universal, cf. IG22.657.25 (iii B. C.), etc.),πλεῖν ἢ τριάκονθ' ἡμέρας Ar.Ach. 858
; πλεῖν ἢ χιλίας (sc. δραχμάς) Id.Eq. 444;στάδια πλεῖν ἢ χίλια Id.Av.6
, cf. Nu. 1041, 1065, al.;πλεῖν ἤ γε διπλοῦν Id.Lys. 589
;πλεῖν ἢ 'νιαυτῷ πρεσβύτερος Id.Ra.18
, cf. 91; πλεῖν ( πλεῖον codd.)ἢ πέντε τάλαντα D.21.173
;πλεῖν ἢ δυοῖν ποδοῖν Eub.119.10
; ἤ is freq. omitted,πλεῖν ἑξακοσίας Ar.Av. 1251
; ἔτη γεγονὼς πλείω ἑβδομήκοντα v.l. in Pl.Ap. 17d; but δέκα πλείοσιν ἔτεσι for ten years more, Id.Lg. 932c;τρεῖς μῆνας καὶ πλείω X.HG2.2.16
;λίθους.. ὅσον μνααίους καὶ πλεῖον καὶ μεῖον Id.Eq.Mag.1.16
: with number in gen.,κώμας.. οὐ πλεῖον εἴκοσι σταδίων ἀπεχούσας Id.An.3.2.34
, cf. 7.3.12.c Com., πλεῖν ἢ μαίνομαι more than to madness, Ar. Ra. 103, 751.e regul. Adv.πλειόνως Aen.Tact.7.4
, J.AJ17.1.1.B FORMS: [dialect] Ep. use πλείων or πλέων as metre requires, also nom. and acc. pl. πλέες, πλέᾰς, Il.2.129, 11.395, Call.Aet.Oxy.2080.85 (so, with ι from ε, Cret. πλίες, πλίας, Leg.Gort.7.18,24, GDI 5125 B8, also πλίαδ ([etym.] δὲ) Leg.Gort.7.29, πλίανς ib.5.54; πλέας also [dialect] Aeol., IG12(2).1.9 (Mytil., iv B. C.)); dat. pl.πλεόνεσσι Il.13.739
( πλεόνεσιν is f.l. in Hdt.7.224); Cret. also acc. sg. neut.πλίον Leg.Gort.1.37
, al., gen. πλίονος ib.2.39, al., neut. pl. πλίονα ib.4.51, πλία ib.10.17; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πλήων Hdn.Gr.2.431, also late [dialect] Dor., IPE12.79.18 (Byzant., i A. D.); [dialect] Att. Inscrr. have - ει- always before - ου- and -ω-, IG12.76.7, 22.657.25, 2498.22, etc., but - ε- and - ει- before -ο-, ib.12.94.33,40.3,4, 22.2670.4 (but always πλέον). -
16 εἴδω
εἴδω, no [voice] Act. [tense] pres. in use, ὁράω being used:—[voice] Med., v.infr. A.11: [tense] aor. 2 [full] εἶδον always in sense ofA see (so in [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med., to be seen, i.e. seem): but [tense] pf. [full] οἶδα, in [tense] pres. sense, know. (With ἔ-ϝιδον, cf. ([etym.] ϝ) είδομαι, (ϝ) εῖδος, Lat. videre; with ([etym.] ϝ) οῖδα, cf. Skt. véda, Goth. wait, OE. wát 'know'.)A [tense] aor. 2 εἶδον (late ), serving as [tense] aor. to ὁράω, [dialect] Ep. ἴδον, iter.ἴδεσκε Il.3.217
, late [dialect] Aeol.εὔιδον Epigr.Gr.990.11
([place name] Balbilla); imper. ἴδε (in [dialect] Att. written as Adv. ἰδέ, behold! Hdn.Gr.2.23), ἴδετε; subj. ἴδω, [dialect] Ep.ἴδωμι Il.18.63
; opt. ἴδοιμι; inf. ἰδεῖν, [dialect] Ep. ἰδέειν; part. ἰδών: hence, [tense] fut.ἰδησῶ Theoc.3.37
:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 εἰδόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἰδόμην, in same sense, poet., [dialect] Ion., and later Prose (c. gen., Arat.430) (so in compds., even in [dialect] Att. Prose, v. ἐπ-, προ-, ὑπ-ειδόμην); imper. ἰδοῦ (freq. written as Adv. ἰδού, = ἰδέ); subj. ἴδωμαι; opt. ἰδοίμην; inf. ἰδέσθαι; part.ἰδόμενος Hdt.1.88
, al.:1 see, perceive, behold, ὀφθαλμοῖσι or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι ἰδέσθαι see before the eyes, Il.1.587, etc.;ἰδεῖν ἐν ὄμμασιν E.Or. 1020
; ἄγε, πειρήσομαι ἠδὲ ἴδωμαι well, I will try and see, Od.6.126, cf. 21.159; mark, observe, Il.4.476, Od.4.412, etc.: folld. by relat. clause,ἴδωμ' ὅτιν' ἔργα τέτυκται Il.22.450
; : freq. in inf. after Subst. or Adj., θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι a marvel to behold, Il.5.725;οἰκτραῖσιν ἰδεῖν A.Pr. 240
;ἐλεινὸς ἰδεῖν Pl.R. 620a
.c see, i.e. experience,νόστιμον ἦμαρ ἰδέσθαι Od.3.233
, etc.;δούλειον ἦμαρ ἰδεῖν E.Hec.56
;ἀέλιον ἕτερον ἰδεῖν S.Tr. 835
;τὴν δίκην ἰδεῖν Id.Ant. 1270
(lyr.); ἀλόχου κουριδίης.. οὔ τι χάριν ἴδε he saw (i.e. enjoyed) not the favour of his wedded wife, Il.11.243.2 look, ἰδεῖν ἐς .. look at or towards, 2.271, etc.; ἰδεῖν ἐπί .. 23.143; πρός .. Od.12.244; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι look him in the face, Il.9.373, etc.;κατ' ἐνῶπα ἰδών 15.320
; ἄντα, ἐσάντα, or ἄντην ἰδεῖν, 13.184, 17.334, Od.5.78, etc.: qualified by Adv. or Adj., ὑπόδρα ἰδών looking askance, Il.1.148, al.; ἀχρεῖον ἰδών looking helpless, 2.269; κέρδος ἰδεῖν look to gain, A.Eu. 541 (lyr.).3 see mentally, perceive, ἰδέσθαι ἐν φρεσίν ' to see in his mind's eye', Il.21.61, cf. 4.249;ἰδεῖν τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl.R. 511a
.II [voice] Med., [tense] pres. [full] εἴδομαι, [dialect] Ep.ἐείδεται Theoc.25.58
, part.ἐειδόμενος Pi.
N..10.15: [tense] aor. εἰσάμην, [dialect] Ep. part.ἐεισάμενος Il. 2.22
, al.:—only [dialect] Ep.and Lyr., to be seen, appear, εἴδεται ἄστρα they are visible, appear, 8.559;εἰ. ἦμαρ ὑπὸ Τρώεσσι δαμῆναι 13.98
;εἴσατο δέ σφι δεξιός 24.319
;ὅπη τὸ Ταρτάρειον εἴδεται βάθρον Epigr.Gr.1034.19
([place name] Callipolis), cf. Od.5.283; perh. also οὔ πῃ χροὸς εἴσατο none of the skin was visible, Il.13.191.2 c. inf., appear or seem to be, ; , etc.: with inf. omitted,οἱ τό γε κέρδιον εἴσατο θυμῷ 19.283
, etc.;οὐ μέν μοι κακὸς εἴδεται Il.14.472
, cf. Theoc. 25.58; also, look like or make a show of.., εἴσατ' ἴμεν ἐς Λῆμνον he made a show of going to Lemnos, Od.8.283; εἴσατο δ' ὡς ὅτε ῥινόν it had the look as of a shield, 5.281.3 strictly middle, c. dat., εἴσατο φθογγὴν Πολίτῃ she made herself like Polites in voice, Il.2.791, cf. 20.81;αὐδὴν εἰσάμενός τινι Rhian.50
: esp. in part., like,εἰδομένη κήρυκι Il.2.280
, etc.;τῷ δ' ὄψιν ἐειδόμενος Pi.N.10.15
;εἰδόμενος τοκεῦσιν A.Ag. 771
(lyr.);φάσμα εἰδόμενόν τινι Hdt.6.69
.B [tense] pf., οἶδα I know, used as [tense] pres.: [tense] plpf. ᾔδεα (v. infr.), I knew, used as [tense] impf.:—[tense] pf. οἶδα, [dialect] Aeol.ὄϊδα Alc. 145
; [ per.] 2sg. οἶδας once in Hom., Od.1.337, cf. h.Merc. 456, Thgn.491, Hippon.89, Hp.Acut.67, E.Alc. 780, Philem.44.3 codd.; οἶσθα elsewh. in Hom., [dialect] Att., etc.; in Com. also sts.οἶσθας Cratin.105
, Alex.15.11, Men.348.5, cf. Herod.2.55; pl., ἴσμεν, [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., and [dialect] Dor. ἴδμεν, also [dialect] Ion., Hdt.1.6, al.; ἴστε, ἴσασι [ῐς- Od.2.211, al., but ῑς- ib. 283, al.];οἴδαμεν Hdt.2.17
,οἴδατε AP12.81
(Mel.),οἴδᾱσι Hdt.2.43
, X.Oec. 20.14 codd.; dual,οἴδατον Socr.Ep.22.1
: imper. ἴσθι, ἴστω, [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω, late codd.: from [ per.] 3pl. ἴσασι (ἴσαντι Epich. 53
) were formed [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1sg.ἴσᾱμι Epich.254
, Pi.P.4.248; [ per.] 3sg.ἴσατι IG14.644.4
([place name] Bruttii); [ per.] 1pl.ἴσᾰμεν Pi.N.7.14
, ἴσαμες prob. in Dialex. 6.12; Cret. [ per.] 3pl. subj. ; inf. ϝισάμην Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn 34 No.3.19; part.ἴσας A.D.Adv.175.19
, dat. sg.ἴσαντι Pi.P.3.29
, Cret. pl. : subj. εἰδῶ (εἰδέω, ἰδέω, Il.14.235, Od.16.236), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. (Halic., V B.C.); [dialect] Ep. alsoεἴδω Od.1.174
, al. (cf. Hdn. Gr.2.131),εἴδομεν Il.1.363
,εἴδετε Od.9.17
: opt. εἰδείην, [ per.] 1pl. , R. 582a: inf. εἰδέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴδμεναι, ἴδμεν, alsoἰδέμεν Pi.N.7.25
: part. εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, [dialect] Ep. also ἰδυῖα, Elean :—[tense] plpf.ᾔδεα Il.14.71
, Hdt.2.150, [var] contr.ᾔδη S.Ant.18
, Ar.Av. 511, Pl.Smp. 119a,ᾔδησθα Od.19.93
, Eup. 416, etc. (but ᾔδεισθα freq. in codd., Ar.Ec. 551, E.Cyc. 108, Pl.Men. 80d, al.), ᾔδεε ([etym.] ν) Il.17.402, al.,ᾔδη 1.70
, al. (also later [dialect] Att., acc. to Aristarch. ap. Choerob.in Theod.2.86), [dialect] Att. [var] contr. ᾔδει ([etym.] ν) E. Ion 1187, Ar.V. 558, etc.; [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἠείδης, ἠείδη (v.l. - εις, - ει), Il.22.280, Od.9.206; [dialect] Att. also [ per.] 1sg.ᾔδειν D.37.24
, [ per.] 2sg. , etc.; pl.,ᾔδειμεν Aeschin.3.82
, Arist.APo. 87b40,ᾔδεμεν Men.14D.
(to be read in S.OT 1232),ᾔδειτε D.55.9
, etc. ( ᾔδετε prob. in E.Ba. 1345), [dialect] Ion.ᾐδέατε Hdt.9.58
([etym.] συν-), ᾔδεισαν LXX Ge.42.23
, Str.15.3.23,ᾔδεσαν Hdt.7.175
, Thgn.54, etc.; late [dialect] Ep. ᾔδειν, ἠείδειν, A.R.2.65,4.1700, also ᾖσμεν, ᾖστε, ᾖσαν, Ar.Fr.149.4 (prob.), S.Fr. 340, E. Cyc. 231, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.ἴσαν Il.18.405
, Od.4.772:—[tense] fut., in this sense,εἴσομαι Il.1.548
, Hp.VM20, Ar.Ach. 332, etc.; alsoεἰδήσω Od.7.327
, Hdt.7.234, Isoc.1.44, Aen.Tact.31.5, Arist.Top. 108a28, Herod.5.78, Apollon.Perg.Con.1 Praef., etc.; inf.εἰδησέμεν Od.6.257
.—The [tense] aor. and [tense] pf. are usu. supplied by γιγνώσκω; [tense] aor. 1 inf. εἰδῆσαι is found in Hp.Acut.(Sp.) 22, Epid.6.8.25 (ἐξ-), Arist.EN 1156b27, Thphr.Char. Prooem.4; imper.εἴδησον PCair.Zen.36.2
(iii B.C.); [ per.] 3pl. subj. εἰδήσωσιν Herzog Koische Forschungen No. 190 (ii/i B.C.):—know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, Hom., etc.: c. acc. rei, ; νοήματα, μήδεα οἶδε, Od.2.122, Il.18.363, etc.: less freq. c. acc. pers.,τούτους μὲν δὴ οἶδα Od.4.551
, cf. Pl.R. 365e, D.54.34, etc.; πρῶτος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν the first we know of, Hdt.1.6, etc.;παλαίτατος ὧν ἀκοῇ ἴσμεν Th.1.4
: strengthd. by εὖ or σάφα, εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι know well, be assured of this, E.Med. 593;σάφ' οἶδ' ἐγώ A.Supp. 740
, etc.: freq. in Hom. with neut. Adj., to express character or disposition, ἄγρια οἶδε has fierceness in his heart, Il.24.41; ἀθεμίστια ᾔδη had law lessness in his heart, Od.9.189; αἴσιμα, ἄρτια ᾔδη, 14.433, 19.248; εἴ μοι ἤπια εἰδείη if he were kindly disposed towards me, Il.16.73;φίλα εἰδότες ἀλλήλοισιν Od.3.277
; κεχαρισμένα, πεπνυμένα εἰδώς, 8.584, 24.442: c. gen.,ὃς σάφα θυμῷ εἰδείη τεράων Il. 12.229
;ὃς πάσης εἰδῇ σοφίης 15.412
; τόξων ἐῢ εἰδώς cunning with the bow, 2.718;αἰχμῆς ἐῢ εἰ. 15.525
;οἰωνῶν σάφα εἰδώς Od.1.202
;ἐῢ εἰδὼς τεκτοσυνάων 5.250
;μάχης ἐῢ εἰδότε πάσης Il.2.823
;κύνε εἰδότε θήρης 10.360
; ;εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης 23.665
;θεοπροπίων ἐῢ εἰδώς 6.438
; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί acknowledge a debt to another, thank him, 14.235, Hdt.3.21, etc.: imper., freq. in protestations, ἴστω νῦν Ζεὺς αὐτός be Zeus my witness, Il.10.329;ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα 15.36
, etc.; [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω Ἡρακλῆς etc., Ar.Ach. 860, etc.: part. εἰδώς, abs., one who knows, one acquainted with the fact,ἰδυίῃ πάντ' ἀγορεύω Il.1.365
;μετ' εἰδόσιν ἀγορεύειν 10.250
;μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσιν Th.2.36
, cf. 3.53;μαθεῖν παρὰ τοῦ εἰδότος Pl.R. 337d
, etc.; also ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, Il.1.608,al.2 c. inf., know how to do,οἶδ' ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ' ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν 7.238
, cf. S.Ph. 1010, Ar.V. 376; also, to be in a condition, be able, have the power, E.Med. 664, D.4.40; of drugs,ὅσα λεπτύνειν οἶδε Alex.
Trall.Febr.6; of a festival, οἶδε ἐκπέμπουσα δάκνειν Chor.p.124 B.; learn, .3 c. part., to know that such and such is the fact, the part. being in nom. when it is a predicate of the Subject of the Verb, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, A.Ag. 1670;ἴστω ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφεοῦ ἀποθανών Hdt.4.76
; : in acc. when it is predicate of the Object, ; : with part. omitted, γῆν αὐτὰ οἶδεν ἀμφότερα (sc. ὄντα) Jul.Or.7.226a.4 less freq.c.acc. et inf.,πλήθους.. ἂν σάφ' ἴσθ' ἕκατι βάρβαρον ναυσὶν κρατῆσαι A.Pers. 337
, cf. S.Ph. 1329;εὖ ἴσθι τοῦτον.. ἰσχυρῶς ἀνιᾶσθαι X.Cyr.8.3.44
; alsoεὖ τόδ' ἴσθι, μηδάμ' ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ πλῆθος τοσουτάριθμον ἀνθρώπων θανεῖν A.Pers. 431
;ἕν γ' ἀκούσασ' ἴσθι, μὴ ψευδῶς μ' ἐρεῖν E.IA 1005
.5 c. acc. folld. by ὡς, ὅτι, etc.,οἶδα κἀμαυτὴν ὅτι ἀλγῶ S.El. 332
;ἐάν τινα εἰδῶσιν ὅτι ἄδικός ἐστι Pl.Prt. 323b
, etc.6 οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ .. I know not whether, to express disbelief or doubt, sts. with ἄν transposed,οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμί σε E. Alc.48
, cf. D.45.7: with Verb omitted after εἰ, as οὐκ οἶδ' εἴ τις ἄλλος perhaps no other, Isoc.6.1, 12.10.7 in similar ellipses with other Conjunctions, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως I know not how, Pl.R. 40cb;οὐκ οἶδ' ὁπόθεν Id.Cra. 396d
.8 οἶδα, ἴσθι are freq. parenthetic, ; σάφ' οἶδα ib.94, 963; also οἶδ' ὅτι, οἶσθ' ὅτι, ἴσθ' ὅτι, πάρειμι δ' ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ' ὅτι (sc. πάρειμι ) I know it well, S.Ant. 276; οἶδ' ὅτι, freq. in D., as 9.1, al.;σάφ' ἴσθ' ὅτι Ar.Pl. 889
:—οἶσθ' ὅ, οἶσθ' ὡς, with imper., are common in Trag. and Com., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δρᾶσον; do—thou know'st what, i.e. make haste and do, Ar.Eq. 1158, cf. Pax 1051, etc.; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; S.OT 543; also οἶσθ'.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς; Id.OC75; οἶσθα νῦν ἅ μοι γενέσθω; E.IT 1203: rarely with the [tense] fut., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δράσεις (nisileg. δρᾶσον); Id.Cyc. 131, cf. Med. 600 codd. -
17 ὁ
ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,A demonstr. Pronoun.B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dualτοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
;τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
;τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
;τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
;τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
;τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, the former,Pl.
Prt. 359e, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
;τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν orὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ;τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. ;τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
;οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
;νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a correspondingὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. byἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ;ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf.μέν D.
III ;γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
;τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
;ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν andδέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
;ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
;οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc.,καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ;τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.VIII abs. usages of single cases,1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; :—only poet.c of Manner, in this way, thus,Od.
8.510.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: withoutμέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
;τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; alsoτὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
;τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ;τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; : in late Prose, also with Positives,ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; withπάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst., the hindmost man,Il.
11.178 ;τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
;τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
;τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also inτῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs.,τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.;τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
;τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; .b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
;πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.b freq. with abstract Nouns,ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
;ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
;τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.7 before Prons.,a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst., that sort of person,X.
Mem.4.2.21, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,πολύς 11.3
, etc.II elliptic expressions:1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, asτὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., asκἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.);ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, asκλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ;Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.);Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);τῷ S.Ph.14
; , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. -
18 καλός
καλός, ή, όν, [dialect] Aeol. [full] κάλος (v. infr.), α, ον, [dialect] Boeot. [full] καλϝός Schwyzer 538 (vi B. C.):—A beautiful, of outward form, freq. of persons,κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθεν Il.2.673
: in Hom. usu. in the phraseκ. τε μέγας τε Il.21.108
, al.; μέγας καὶ κ. Od.9.513;καλή τε μεγάλη τε 13.289
, 15.418; καλὸς δέμας beautiful of form, 17.307;κ. ἰδέᾳ Pi.O.10
(11). 103;εἶδος κάλλιστος X.Cyr.1.2.1
;κ. τὸ σῶμα Id.Mem.2.6.30
;τὰς ὄψεις Theopomp.Hist.195
; Χορῷ καλή beauteous in the dance, Il. 16.180: c. inf.,καλλίονες καὶ μείζονες εἰσοράασθαι Od.10.396
; ἐσορᾶν κ. Pi.O.8.19: freq. of parts of the body, fair, shapely, κ. πρόσωπα, ὅμματα, παρήϊα, σφυρά, Il.19.285, 23.66, Od.19.208, Il.4.147;Χρώς 5.354
, al.; of clothes, εἵματα, φάρεα, Χιτών, Χλαῖνα, πέδιλα, Od.6.111, 24.277, Il.2.43, Od.10.365, 1.96; ; of arms and armour, κνημῖδες, ἀσπίς, σάκος, κόρυς, φάσγανα, ἔντεα, 3.331, 11.33, 22.314, 18.612, 15.713, Od.19.18; of buildings, manufactured articles, etc.,αὐλὴ κ. τε μεγάλη τε 14.7
; κ. δώματα, τεῖχος, πόλιες, 3.387, Il.21.447, 18.491; ἄμαξα, τράπεζα, θρόνος, 24.267, 11.629, Od.1.131; also τέμενος, ἀγρός, Il.12.314, Od.24.206; so after Hom.,Λύδιον κ. ἔργον Sapph.19
, etc.; ἐέρσα κ. ead.Supp.25.12.2 in [dialect] Att. added to a name in token of love or admiration, as Ἀρίσημος κ. IG12.921, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι τοίχοις ἔγραφ' Ἀθηναῖοι καλοί" Ar. Ach. 144, cf.V.98; Ἀλκιβιάδης ὁ καλός, Σαπφὼ ἡ καλή, Pl.Alc.1.113b, Phdr. 235c.c Καλοί, οἱ, divinities worshipped in childbirth, IG5(1).1445 (Messene, ii B. C.).3 τὸ καλόν beauty, Sapph.79, E.IA21 (anap.), etc.; τὰ καλά the proprieties or elegancies of life, Hdt.1.8, 207;ἁπάντων καλῶν ἄμμορος Pi.O.1.84
;αἱ τέχναι ἃς πηγάς φασι τῶν κ. εἶναι X.Cyr.7.2.13
.II with ref. to use, good, of fine quality,κ. λιμήν Od.6.263
; Βορέῃ ἀνέμῳ.. καλῷ fair, 14.253, 299; κ. ἀργύριον, opp. κίβδηλον, genuine silver, X.Mem.3.1.9; opp. ἀποτετριμμένον, good silver currency, PCair.Zen.21.33 (iii B. C.);ἐλαῖαι PHib. 1.49.12
(iii B. C.);γῆ Ev.Luc.8.15
;κ. οἶνος PFay.133.8
(iv A. D.);στρατόπεδον κάλλιστον Th.5.60
;ἀνταπεδώκατε πονηρὰ ἀντὶ καλῶν LXX Ge. 44.4
;κ. ἐς στρατιάν X.Cyr.3.3.6
; , Grg. 474d, etc.: c. inf.,λόφος κάλλιστος τρέχειν X.An.4.8.26
; ἐν καλῷ [ τόπῳ] in a good place, καθίζεσθαι, ὁρμεῖν, Ar.Th. 292, X.HG2.1.25; ἐν καλῷ μὲν τοῦ κόλπου καὶ τῶν πόλεων, ἐν κ. δὲ τοῦ τὴν Χώραν βλάπτειν, ib.6.2.9; ἐν καλῷ under favourable circumstances, Th.5.59.60; ἐν κ. (sc. Χρόνῳ ) in good time, in season, E.IA 1106; ἐν οὐ κ. Id.Or. 579; ἐν καλῷ [ ἐστι] c. inf., S.El. 384 (so καλόν ἐστι c. inf., Id.Ph. 1155 (lyr.), Ar. Pax 278, Th.8.2);ἐς καλόν S.OT78
, Pl.Men. 89e, Smp. 174e; τί γὰρ ἐμοὶ ζῆν καλόν; what is the good of life to me? Ph.2.594; καλῇ πίστει, = Lat.bona fide, PTeb.418.14 (iii A. D.).2 of sacrifices, auspicious, ; ;ἱερά Th.4.92
;τὸ τέλος κ. τῆς ἐξόδου X.An.5.2.9
;κ. τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν αὐτῷ Id.Cyr.3.2.3
: c. inf.,ἰέναι.. κ. ἡμῖν τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν Id.An.2.2.3
: Com., τὰ τῆς πυγῆς κ. (for τοῦ θεοῦ) Ar. Pax 868.III in a moral sense, beautiful, noble, honourable, in Hom. only in neut.,οὐ καλὸν ἔειπες Od.8.166
, cf. 17.381;μεῖζον κλέος.. καὶ κάλλιον 18.255
; freq. καλόν [ ἐστι] c. inf.,κ. τοι σὺν ἐμοὶ τὸν κήδειν ὅς κ' ἐμὲ κήδῃ Il.9.615
; οὐ γὰρ ἔμοιγε κ. (sc. ἄρχειν) 21.440;οὐ κ. ἀτέμβειν οὐδὲ δίκαιον Od.20.294
; so in Trag.,καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν S.Ant.72
, etc.;μάθετε καλὸν ποιεῖν LXXIs.1.17
: [comp] Comp.,οὐ μέν τοι τόδε κάλλιον οὐδὲ ἔοικε Od.7.159
, cf. Il.24.52; after Hom. freq. of actions, etc.,κάλων κἄσλων Sapph.Supp.2.4
(unless of persons here); κ. ἔργματα noble deeds, Pi.I.4(3).42, cf. S.Fr. 839, etc.; ἀναστροφὴ κ. 1 Ep.Pet.2.12: in pl., excellences,πλῆθος καλῶν Pi.O.13.45
; ; τὰ τοῦ παιδὸς κ. X.Smp.8.17.2 τὸ κ. moral beauty, virtue, honour, opp. τὸ αἰσχρόν, Id.Mem.1.1.16, cf. Pl.Smp. 183d, etc.;ὅττι καλόν, φίλον ἐστί, τὸ δ' οὐ καλὸν οὐ φίλον ἐστίν Thgn.17
, cf. E.Ba. 881 (lyr.), Pl. Ly. 216c;οὐ ταὐτὸν ἡγῇ σύ, ὡς ἔοικας, κ. τε καὶ ἀγαθὸν καὶ κακὸν καὶ αἰσχρόν Id.Grg. 474d
, cf. Smp. 201e; τοὐμὸν κ. E.Supp. 300.3 of persons, in early writers coupled with ἀγαθός, v. καλοκἀγαθός; laterκ. ποιμήν Ev.Jo.10.11
;κ. στρατιώτης
2 Ep.Tim.2.3
.IV in [dialect] Att. and Trag. freq. ironically, fine, specious, γέρας κ. A.Eu. 209;κ. γὰρ οὑμὸς βίοτος ὥστε θαυμάσαι S.El. 393
, cf. E.Ba. 652;κ. Χάρις D.9.65
;κ. ὕβριν ὑβρισμένοι Id.23.121
;καί σοι.. θωπεῦσαι καλόν S.OC 1003
;μετ' ὀνομάτων καλῶν Th.5.89
.B Degrees of [comp] Comp.: [comp] Comp. καλλίων, ον, Il.24.52, Od.10.396, etc.: neut. κάλιον [pron. full] [ᾰ] Alc.134: [comp] Sup. κάλλιστος, η, ον, Il.20.233, etc.; late καλλιώτερος or - ότερος, POxy.1672.6 (i A. D.), Sch.E. Tr. 966; alsoκαλώτερος Hdn.Epim.69
.C Adv.:—Poets freq. use neut. καλόν as Adv.,κ. ἀείδειν Il.18.570
, Od.1.155;καλά Il.6.326
; later τὸ κ. Theoc.3.3, 18, Call.Epigr.53, Herod.1.54.II regul. Adv. [full] καλῶς ([dialect] Dor. [full] καλώς Sophr.22), well, rightly,οὐδ' ἔτι κ. οἶκος ἐμὸς διόλωλε Od.2.64
; κ. ζῆν, τεθνηκέναι, etc., S.Aj. 479, etc.; κ. φρονεῖν to be in one's right mind, Id.Fr. 836;οὐ κ. ταρβεῖς Id.Tr. 457
; κ. ἀγωνιεῖσθαι fairly, on the merits of the case, Lys.13.88; Χρήματα δατῆθθαι κ. Leg.Gort.4.39;κ. εἰρημένα S.Fr. 576.6
;κάλλιον λέγεις Pl.Tht. 161b
;κάλλιστ' ἂν εἴποι S.OT 1172
: freq. in phrase καλῶς καὶ εὖ, καλῶς τε καὶ εὖ, Pl.Prt. 319e, Prm. 128b, etc.2 of good fortune, well, happily, κ. πράσσειν, = εὖ π., A.Pr. 979, S.Ant. 271;κ. καὶ εὖ πράττειν Pl.Chrm. 172a
; κ. ἔχειν to be well, A.Th. 799, etc.;κ. ἔχει σοι Ar.Ach. 946
, cf. S.El. 816; κ. ἔχει c. inf., 'tis well to.., X.Mem.3.11.1: c. gen., κ. ἔχειν τινός to be well off in respect to a thing, Hp.Superf.29;κ. παράπλου κεῖσθαι Th.1.36
;εἰ κ. σφίσιν ἔχοι Id.4.117
;οὔτε τοῖς θεοῖς ἔφη κ. ἔχειν, εἰ.. X.Mem.1.3.3
;καλλιόνως ἔχει Pl.Tht. 169e
, etc.;κάλλιστα ἕζει Id.Hp.Ma. 295b
.3 καλῶς, = πάνυ, thoroughly, altogether,τὸν κ. εὐδαίμονα A.Fr. 317
, = S. Fr. 934;κ. ἔξοιδα Id.OC 269
, cf. OT 1008;κ. ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς διεφθάρθαι D.S.13.108
: [comp] Comp.,κάλλιον εἰδέναι Pl.Hp.Ma. 300d
; κάλλιον ἐοικέναι to be just like , Hp.Genit.8.5 κ. ποιῶν rightly, deservedly,κ. ποιῶν ἀπόλλυται Ar.Pl. 863
, cf. D.1.28, al., Aeschin.3.232; in requests, κ. ποιήσεις πριάμενος, etc., PPetr.3p.143 (iii B. C.), etc.; also c. inf.,κ. π. γράψαι BGU1203.7
(i B. C.), etc.6 in answers, to approve the words of the former speaker, well said! E.Or. 1216, D.39.15; also, to decline an offer courteously, no, thank you! Ar.Ra. 888;κ. ἔχει Antiph.165
, Men.Pk. 266; πάνυ κ. Ar.Ra. 512; ἀμέλει κ. ib. 532: [comp] Sup., κάλλιστ', ἐπαινῶ ib. 508;ἔχει κάλλιστα Theoc.15.3
.8 κ. ὁ ἱερεύς hurrah for the priest! SIG1109.14 (Athens, ii A. D.).9 repeated with the Adj.,καλὴ καλῶς Ar.Ach. 253
, Pax 1330, Ec. 730;καλὸς κάλλιστά τε ῥέξαις Pi.O.9.94
.10 [comp] Comp.καλλιόνως Pl.Tht.
l.c., Lg. 660d: [comp] Sup.καλλίστως PMag.Par.1.2443
,2465, Sch.E.Hec. 310.D for compds., v. καλλι-, καλο-.E Quantity: [pron. full] ᾱ in [dialect] Ep. and early Iamb. Poets (exc. h.Ven.29, Hes.Op.63, Th. 585): [pron. full] ᾰ in Lyr. (exc.κᾱλῶς B.12.206
) and Trag. (A. Fr. 314, S.Ph. 1381 are corrupt).--In Eleg., Epigr., and Bucol. Poets [pron. full] ᾰ or [pron. full] ᾱ (the latter usu. in thesi);τὰ μὴ κᾰλὰ κᾱλὰ πέφανται Theoc.6.19
, cf. Herod.7.115, Call.Jov.55.--In [comp] Comp., [pron. full] ῐ in Hom., [pron. full] ῑ in Trag. and later. -
19 τε
τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).A as a Conjunction,I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second,ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
;δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375;τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b;λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g.ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
;ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3;τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.);κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times,ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, , cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, asἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., asοὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v.οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , asοὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.a τε.. δὲ.. , asκόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625;ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
;διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.bμὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes,τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c;Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; ; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; , cf. 253, 262, al.;εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.;ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7;πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.);χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7;ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4;ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.);καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; , cf. 24, al.;ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6;χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. ; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293;ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.;τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
;βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
;ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
;βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, ; ; ; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193;ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; ; ; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives,διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
;ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
;θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
;πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g.τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6,ἄλλως 1.3
.2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep.,σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; alsoτε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also inκαὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
;καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
;καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ; ;τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: ; ;θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; , cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526;ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
;οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
;οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; , cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322;ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
;παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
;αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307;τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ;νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
;κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499;νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
;σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied);ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons,ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
;οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521;μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g.Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
;Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
;δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
;ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
;εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6;ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
;ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
;ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt.,ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9;εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies,ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; , cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; , cf. 18.485.5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160;ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332;κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
;μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses withοἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
;οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608;ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
;ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
;αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294;οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
;δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415;οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464;πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
;οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent,Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
;Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
;Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; ;Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, , cf. 2.669, Od.5.4;Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
;Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
;Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
;τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν)ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary,οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
;ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
;σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
;καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g.Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; , cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ)δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; ; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature,ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
;ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266;ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it,κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined,ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life,γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; ; , cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358;ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535,ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing)Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. hasτά πέρ τε 1.74
,ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al.,οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionallyἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; (ii B.C.);ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); (Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962;ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which)ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
;οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats,σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
;ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) inοὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε inἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; ; μέν τε in , cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε inοὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions,σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ')ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ'); δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him,ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
;σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187;ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; .4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference,κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so)τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
;τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166;εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.);ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
;νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
;πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
;δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
;ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ'), τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
;οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
;οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
;οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18;ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; (but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); , cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, , cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom.,ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.9 inἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.10 Rarer and later uses;a also, esp. withἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483;ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.);ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.);τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word,εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.D Position of τε:1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; , cf. 4.505, 7.295; codd., cf. 291 (anap.);ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
;ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); , cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.);πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows,πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε. -
20 ἄν
ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,Aεἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.I WITH INDICATIVE:1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.2 with [tense] fut. ind.:a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr.,μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
;οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, , al.III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
;οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.c with protasis understood:φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, .d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.e in questions, expressing a wish:τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448;πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
;τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν)ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., .2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, onceεἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twiceεἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
;ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
;ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
;ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
),εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as inὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt.,οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat.,οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, asὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
;ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.);ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.D GENERAL REMARKS:I POSITION OF ἄν.1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; asεἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, asὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, asεἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
;ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: alsoὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; .2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
;οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι), εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.------------------------------------ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.------------------------------------ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.------------------------------------
См. также в других словарях:
Dialect levelling — is the means by which dialect differences decrease. For example, in rural areas of Britain, although English is widely spoken, the pronunciation and grammar have historically varied. During the 20th century people have been moving into towns and… … Wikipedia
dialect — n 1 Dialect, vernacular, patois, lingo, jargon, cant, argot, slang denote a form of language or a style of speech which varies from that accepted as the literary standard. Dialect (see also LANGUAGE 1) is applied ordinarily to a form of a… … New Dictionary of Synonyms
dialect — /duy euh lekt /, n. 1. Ling. a variety of a language that is distinguished from other varieties of the same language by features of phonology, grammar, and vocabulary, and by its use by a group of speakers who are set off from others… … Universalium
Dialect — This article is about dialects of spoken and written languages. For dialects of programming languages, see Dialect (computing). For the literary device, see Eye dialect. The term dialect (from the Greek Language word dialektos, Διάλεκτος) is used … Wikipedia
Dialect continuum — Linguistics … Wikipedia
Dialect Test — The Dialect Test was created by Joseph Wright in February 1879. It first appeared in the works of A.J. Ellis, to whom Wright dictated the test.[1] It stands as one of the earliest methods of identifying vowel sounds and features of speech. The… … Wikipedia
Dialect (computing) — A dialect of a programming language is a (relatively small) variation or extension of the language that does not change its intrinsic nature. With languages such as Scheme and Forth, standards may be considered insufficient, inadequate or even… … Wikipedia
dialect — Synonyms and related words: Acadian, Anglo Indian, Brooklynese, Cajun, Canadian French, Cockney, French Canadian, Gullah, Midland, Midland dialect, New England dialect, Pennsylvania Dutch, Yankee, Yorkshire, accent, argot, brogue, bundle of… … Moby Thesaurus
Dialect coach — A dialect coach assists an actor in assuming a certain regional or foreign accent to perform convincingly in radio, theatrical or film productions. Dialect coaches are skilled in pronunciation and phonetics (a branch of linguistics), and do not… … Wikipedia
dialect — noun the island dialect was influenced by the Spanish in the sixteenth century Syn: regional language, local language, local speech, vernacular, patois, idiom; regionalisms, localisms; informal lingo •• dialect, argot, cant, jargon, lingo, slang … Thesaurus of popular words
dialect — I (New American Roget s College Thesaurus) n. language, tongue; vernacular, idiom, argot, patois, jargon, cant. See speech. II (Roget s IV) n. Syn. idiom, accent, vernacular, patois, slang, jargon, argot, cant, lingo*, pidgin, creole; see also… … English dictionary for students